Bosch Motorsport
Equipment for High Performance Vehicles
Edition 2011/2

Contacts

Contacts
EuropeAsia PacificNorth and SouthAmerica

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Phone: +49 7062 911
79101
Fax: +49 7062 911 79104

Bosch Engineering Japan
K.K.
Motorsport
3-33-8 Tsuruya-cho, Kanagawa-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 221-0835
Japan
Phone: +81 45 410 1650
Fax: +81 45 410 1651

Bosch Engineering
North America
Motorsports
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 483313417
United States of America
Phone: +1 248 876 2977
Fax: +1 248 876 7373

United Kingdom:
Robert Bosch Ltd
Motorsport
Broadwater Park, North
Orbital Road
Denham, Uxbridge
Middlesex UB9 5HJ
United Kingdom
Phone: +44 1895 83-8698
Fax: +44 1895 83 9019
France:Robert Bosch France S.A.S
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F - 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FrancePhone: +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax: +33 1 40 10 76 88

For more information please visit www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email to motorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2011
Modifications reserved.
Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport products on public roads. They are
only developed for use in racing on private closed courses!

Engine Control Units

1

Injection and Ignition

2

Starters and Alternators

3

Sensors

4

Electronic Throttle Control

5

Chassis and Brake Control

6

Displays

7

Data Logging Systems

8

Software9

Accessories

10

Appendix

11

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Table of Contents | iEngine Control Units

1

Gasoline Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Units Sport LineEngine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Package
Engine Control Unit MS 4.4 SportEngine Control Units Performance LineEngine Control Unit MS 5.0
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2

2
2
4
6
8
9
11
13
15
17
19

Diesel Engine Control UnitsEngine Control Unit MS 15 SportEngine Control Unit MS 15.1
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Engine Control Unit MS 12

21
21
22
24
26

Injection and Ignition

29

Diesel Overview
Diesel Overview

30
30

Injection Valves
Injection Valve EV 6
Injection Valve EV 12
Injection Valve EV 14
Injection Valve EV 14i

32
32
35
37
40

HP Injection Valves
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5

4242Power Stage Units
HPI 1.1
HPI 1.16
HPI 5
Ignition Module IM 3.1
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Ignition Module IM 4

44
44
45
46
47
49
51

Fuel Pumps
Fuel Pump FP 100
Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel Pump FP 300
Fuel Pump FP 300L
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD

53
53
55
57
59
61
63
64

Fuel Pressure Regulators
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
FPR Adaptor
HP Control Valve DSV

65
65
67
69
71
73
74

Ignition Coils
Double Fire Coil 3x2
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
Single Fire Coil C90
Single Fire Coil M
Single Fire Coil P35

75
75
78
80
82
85
88

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Single Fire Coil P35-E
Single Fire Coil P35-TE
Single Fire Coil P50
Single Fire Coil P100-T
Single Fire Coil PS
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Single Fire Coil S16
Single Fire Coil S16-T
Single Fire Coil S19
Single Fire Coil S22

91
94
97
99
101
103
105
107
109
111

Spark Plugs
Spark Plugs

114
114

Starters and Alternators

115

Starters
Starter 1.4 kW
Starter 1.7 kW
Starter 2.0 kW

116
116
117
118

Alternators
Alternator B3
Alternator GCM1

119
119
121

Sensors

125

Absolute Position Sensor
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C

126
126

Dynamic Vehicle Sensors
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Ride Height Sensor RHS
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

128
128
130
132
134
136

Gear Shift Sensors
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M

138
138
140

Knock Sensors
Knock Sensor KS-P
Knock Sensor KS-R

141
141
143

Lambda Sensors
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

145
145
147
149
151

Linear Potentiometers
Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Linear Potentiometer LP 25
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 50
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 75
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F
Linear Potentiometer LP 100
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
Linear Potentiometer LP 150

153
153
155
157
159
161
163
165
167
169
171

Pressure Sensors Air
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C

173
173
176

Bosch Engineering GmbHii | Table of Contents

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Pressure Sensor Air PST

178
180
182
184

Pressure Sensors Differential
Pitot Static Tube PT
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C

186
186
187
189

Pressure Sensors Fluid
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F

191
191
193
195
197
199
201
203
205
207
209
211
213

Rotary Potentiometers
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 130-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 350-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
Rotary Potentiometer RP
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H

215
215
217
219
221
223
225
227
229
231
233

Speed Sensors
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

235
235
237
239
241
244
246
248
250
252
254
256
258

Temperature Sensors
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M6
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M8
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Temperature Sensor PT 200E

260
260
262
264
266
268
270
272
274
276
278

Temperature Sensors Infrared
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100

280
280
282

Thermocouple Probes
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K

284
284

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA
Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF

286
288

Wire Potentiometers
Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Wire Potentiometer WP 125

290
290
292
294
296
298
300

Electronic Throttle Control

303

Electronic Throttle Body
Electronic Throttle Body ETB 46
Electronic Throttle Body ETB 82

304
304
306

Electronic Throttle Grip
Electronic Throttle Grip ETG

308
308

Chassis and Brake Control

311

Chassis and Brake Control
ABS M4 Kit

312
312

Displays315

Displays
Display DDU Sport
Display DDU 4
Display DDU 6
Display DDU 8

316
316
318
319
320

Data Logging Systems

323

Data Loggers
Data Logger C Sport
Data Logger CardMemory C 40
Data Logging Accessories
Data Logging System DLS
Data Logger CardMemory C 55
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55
Data Logger C 60

324
324
326
327
328
329
330
331

Telemetry
Online Telemetry System Overview
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Pit Receiver Box 1
Pit Receiver Box 1/R
Pit Receiver Box 2
Pit Receiver Package 1
Pit Receiver Package 1/R
Pit Receiver Package 2
Burst Telemetry System Overview
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F

333
333
334
335
336
337
338
338
339
340
341
342

Telemetry Accessories
FM 40 Tester
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Telemtry Car Antenna Single Band

343
343
343
344

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Table of Contents | iii

Telemtry Car Antenna Dual Band
Antenna Cable Kit

344
345

Lap Trigger Systems
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
Lap Trigger HF 24 Receiver
Lap Trigger HF 24 Transmitter

346
346
347
348
350

Software353

Calibration
Modas
Modas Sport
RaceCon

354
354
355
356

Simulation
LapSim357
357

Analysis
WinDarab

358
358

Accessories

361

Communication Interface
MSA-Box II

362
362

Expansion Modules
AWS LSU 4_9
CAN Module EM-A6
CAN Module EM-C
CAN Module EM-H4
CAN Module EM-I4
Extended Module EM-LIN
Lambdatronic LT4

363
363
365
367
368
369
370
372

Handheld Test Device
RS 2000

374
374

Relay
Relay 25 A

375
375

Switches
Switches376
376

Wiring Harnesses
Wiring Harnesses

377
377

Wiper Motors
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

378
378

Appendix

381

General Information
General Information

382
382

Vibration Profiles
Vibration Profile 1
Vibration Profile 2
Vibration Profile 3

383
383
384
385

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units

www.bosch-motorsport.com

1
Gasoline Engine Control Units

2

Diesel Engine Control Units

21

Bosch Engineering GmbH

2 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control UnitsSport Lineanalysing the data is also accomplished over Ethernetwith the RaceLab Sport software. Alternatively up to threeloggers can be connected in line to the display or the
ECU; so the data capacity can be increased to 2 GB.

Technical Specifications
MS 3 SportEngine layout

Up to 6 cyl., 1 or 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nDual lambda control
Knock control

Opt.

Electr. throttle control

Opt.

Traction control

Opt.

Proposed Bosch logger

C Sport

Proposed Bosch display

DDU Sport

Support of Gasoline direct injection Opt.
MS 4 SportThe Sport Line introduces a simple and competitive startin the world of engine control units from Bosch
Motorsport. In comparison with the Performance Line
ECUs from Bosch Motorsport, the Sport Line devices havean optimized function range that make the initial start-up
process much simpler.
The Sport Line has three different hardware platforms
that vary in their amount of inputs/outputs andfunctionality that provide the optimal ECU to be selected
for a given project’s requirements. Additionally, each ECU
in the Sport Line can be tailored to support certain
project needs through various software options. To
complete the entire entry level system, Bosch Motorsportoffers a display unit with integrated logging capability,
DDU Sport, and an external data logger, C Sport.
Example for a typical Sport Line system
Depicted below is an example system layout for the ECUsof the Sport Line. The ECU is calibrated with the Modas
Sport software. The communication interface, the MSABox II, connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU via a
CAN/K-Line link. The display, the DDU Sport, is configured
over Ethernet with the software RaceLab Sport. The ECU
sends the desired measured variables to the display/logger via CAN interface. These variables can be displayed
for the driver or logged for analysis. Downloading andBosch Engineering GmbHEngine layout

Up to 8 cyl., 1 or 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nDual lambda control
Turbo boost control

Opt.

Knock control

Opt.

Electr. throttle control

Opt.

Traction control

Opt.

Proposed Bosch logger

C Sport

Proposed Bosch display

DDU Sport

Support of Gasoline direct injection Opt.
MS 4.4 SportEngine layout

Up to 10 cyl., 1 or 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nDual lambda control
Turbo boost control

Opt.

Knock control

Opt.

Electr. throttle control

Opt.

Traction control

Opt.

Proposed Bosch logger

C Sport

Proposes Bosch display

DDU Sport

Support of Gasoline direct injection Opt.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 3

Dimensions

www.bosch-motorsport.com

1

Bosch Engineering GmbH

4 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 3 Sport

Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS M4 kit
Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Extremely small and flat aluminum pressure casting housing
Four mounting points on housing
2 connectors with high pin density
Extremely shock and vibration proof hybrid technology
Size

120 x 90 x 40 mm

Weight

250 g

Temperature range-40 to 125 °C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

10 W at 14 V

InputsFeatures2 lambda interfaces LSU▶ 6 ignition and injection output stages

4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors▶ 15 data inputs

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
17 analog inputs 0 to 5 V

The MS 3 Sport is the first Bosch engine management
system to be manufactured with full hybrid technology.
Therefore it is very small, lightly and robust against
vibrations. The MS 3 Sport is suitable for engines with up
to 6 cylinders and has internal ignition output stages. Two
sensor inputs are available for vibration knock detection
and knock control. Various engine parameters can bemeasured with different input channels and transferred
via CAN interface to an optional data logger or dashdisplay.

2 knock sensor inputs
6 digital inputs
Outputs
6 injection power stages
6 ignition drivers
16 power stages (2 A/1 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supply 5 V/100 mA
SoftwareApplication
Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

Alpha/nLambda control

dual

Modas Sport Calibration Software

inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Optional Functionality
Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic throttle control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 051-01

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions – each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps)

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Environment

Speed limiter

Fuel cut off

MSA-Box II

Sequential fuel injection

Data logger C Sport

Asymmetric injection timing

Data logger C 40

Asymmetric ignition timing
Knock control

Opt.

Electronic throttle control

Opt.

Traction control

Opt.

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Data logger C 40 Plus
Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 5

Display DDU 4

1

Display DDU 6
Connectors
Mating connector I

D 261 205 139

Mating connector II

D 261 205 140

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 3 Sport
Please ask for more information before ordering.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 01T A20 067

Bosch Engineering GmbH

6 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport

Technical Specifications
Variations
MS 4 Sport -Turbo-Turbo GDI -Motorcycle

Application
Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl./ Max. 8 cyl./ Max. 6 cyl./ Max. 4 cyl./
2 bank2 bank2 bank2 bankSupport of GDI

-

-

+

-

ABS M4-interface

+

+

+

-

Turbo boost ctrl.

-

+

+

-

Advanced Turboboost ctrl.

-

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

Knock ctrl.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Elect. throttle ctrl. Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Traction ctrl.

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Var. valve timing

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Shift down (Blipper)

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

-

Features

Mechanical Data

▶ Max. 8 injection output stages

Sheet-metal housing▶ Max. 8 ignition output stages▶ 34 data inputs

Each connector pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

The MS 4 Sport is an engine management system for highperformance engines up to 8 cylinders. The system
contains 8 ignition drivers for external power stages and 8
independent injection power stages. Two independentwide range lambda circuits allow lambda closed loop
engine control. There are also versions for Turbo engines
as well as for Turbo GDI engines available. Various engine
parameters can be measured with different input
channels and transferred via CAN interface to an optional
data logger.

Size

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Temperature range-40 to 75 °C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

30 W at 14 V

Inputs2 lambda sensor interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
8 analog inputs 0 to 5 V
2 knock sensor inputs

Application

7 digital inputs

Control strategy

Alpha/n

Outputs

Lambda control

dual

8 injection power stages

Speed limiter

8 ignition drivers

Gear cut for sequential gear box
Map switch (3 positions – each corresponds to different target lambda
and spark maps)
Fuel cut off

20 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side; PWM)
2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (5 A)
2 sensor supply 5 V/100 mA

Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing

SoftwareSupport of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition
trigger wheels

Modas Sport Calibration Software

inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Max. vibration

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or
at our homepage)www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 7

Optional Functionality
Advanced Turbo boost control

F 02U V00 781-01

Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic throttle control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 051-01

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Variable valve timing VVT SW upgrade

F 02U V00 395-01

1

Shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade, F 02U V00 780-01
also compatible to MEGA-Line gearbox control
Environment
MSA-Box II
Data logger C Sport
Data logger C 40
Data logger C 40 Plus
Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)
Display DDU 4
Display DDU 6
Injection power stage unit HPI 5
HP fuel pump HDP 5
Connectors and wires
Mating connector I

D 261 205 344

Mating connector II

D 261 205 345

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
ECU MS 4 Sport
Max. 8 cylinders

F 01T A20 049-01

ECU MS 4 Sport Turbo
Max. 8 cylinders, Turbo

F 01T A20 060-01

ECU MS 4 Sport Turbo GDI
Max. 6 cylinders, Turbo, GDI (only in combination with Bosch Motorsport HPI 5)

F 02U V01 000-01

ECU MS 4 Sport Motorcycle
Max. 4 cylinders

F 02U V00 024-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

8 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 4 Sport Package

The package consists of the following components:•••

MS 4 Sport or Sport Turbo Engine Control Unit
Display DDU Sport with integrated data logger
Software tools for calibration and data analysis
The key component of this package is the ECU capable ofrunning engines up to 8 cylinders. The ECU includes eight
ignition drives for external power stages and eight
independent injection power stages. The ECU software
set has been optimized to make calibration more
approachable for less experienced users.
Various engine parameters can be measured with different
input channels and transferred via the CAN interface tothe DDU Sport display. The integrated data memory has acapacity of up to 512 MB. One set of mating connectors
for display and ECU is inclusive.
For communication between the PC and the ECU or the
display, the MSA-Box II communication interface isrequired. Please note: The MSA-Box II is not part of the
package.

Communication
SoftwareModas Sport for ECU calibration
RaceLab Sport for display configuration and data analysis
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Ordering Information
ECU MS 4 Sport Package

F 01T A20 048-01

ECU MS 4 Sport Turbo Package

F 01T A20 063-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 9Engine Control Unit
MS 4.4 Sport

Traction control optional

Opt.

Variable valve timing

Opt.

Shift down (Blipper)

Opt.

Interface to Bosch Motorsport ABS Opt.
M4 kitAsymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Support of 60-2 and 36-2 ignition trigger wheels (10-cylinders only
60-2!)
Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

Features▶ 10 injection output stages▶ 10 ignition output stages▶ 62 data inputs

Size

174 x 133 x 39 (23) mm

Weight860 g

Temperature range-40 to 75°C

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

The MS 4.4 Sport is an engine management system forengines with up to 10 cylinders. The robust housing isprovided with motorsport connectors. The system
contains 10 ignition drivers for external power stages and
10 independent injection power stages. Four vibration
sensor inputs allow knock detection and knock control.
Two independent wide range lambda circuits allow
lambda closed loop engine control. There is also a version
for Turbo engines available. The high number of analog
channels allows for the logging of numerous engine andchassis parameters. Additionally the MS 4.4 Sport has 20
configurable pull-ups.

20 W at 14 V

Inputs2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for Hall-effect wheel speed sensors
1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
4 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
39 inputs 0 to 5 V (20 with configurable pullups)
4 knock sensor inputs
8 digital inputs
Outputs
10 injection power stages (2.2 A)
10 ignition drivers for external power stages
21 power stages (2,7 A/0,6 A; low side)

Application

2 power stages for lambda heater
1 H-bridge (7 A)

Engine layout

Max. 10 cyl., 2 bankControl strategy

alpha/n

3 sensor supply 5 V/600 mA

Lambda control

dual

SoftwareSpeed limiter

Modas Sport Calibration Software

inclusive

Gear cut for sequential gear box

WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Map switch (3 positions, each corresponds to different target lambda andspark maps)

Environment

Fuel cut off

MSA-Box II

Turbo boost control

Only MS 4.4 Sport Turbo

Data logger C Sport

Advanced Turbo boost control

Opt., only MS 4.4 Sport Turbo

Data logger C 40

Knock control

Opt.

Data logger C 40 Plus

Electronic throttle control

Opt.

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH1

10 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Display DDU 4
Display DDU 6
Optional Functionality
Knock control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 053-01

Electronic throttle control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 051-01

Traction control SW upgrade

F 01T A20 052-01

Variable valve timing VVT SW upgrade

F 02U V00 395-01

Advanced turbo boost control

F 02U V00 781-01

Shift down (Blipper) SW upgrade, F 02U V00 780-01
compatible to MEGA-Line gear box
control.
Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Communication
1 K-line serial interface
2 CAN interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 4.4 SportF 01T A20 068-01

Engine Control Unit MS 4.4 Sport Turbo

F 01T A20 074-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 11

Engine Control Units
Performance Line

Technical Specifications

1

MS 5.0Engine layout

Up to 8 cyl., 1 or 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Dual lambda control
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Elect. throttle control
Traction control
Proposed Bosch logger

C 60

Proposes Bosch display

DDU 8

Support of GDI
MS 5.1Engine layout

Up to 8 cyl., 1 or 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Dual lambda control
Turbo boost control
Knock control
The ECUs of the Performance Line offers individual
solutions for various motorsport applications. All MS 5
ECUs utilize a new software development process basedon MATLAB® & Simulink® to significantly speed algorithm
development. They also feature a high-end FPGA (Field
Programmable Gate Array) for fast signal processing andflexible signal control. A PowerPC enables highlysophisticated control algorithms. Consistent software
structure guarantees easy recognition of all software
labels and functions across the complete ECU
Performance Line. It is completed by use of the DDU 8
display and the C 60 external data logger.

Elect. throttle control

The ECUs in the Performance Line use torque as thecentral variable for coordinating all requests (i.e. engine/vehicle speed limiter, traction control, etc.). The actual
engine torque value is determined from the correcting
variables (air charge, ignition angle, and/or cylinder
reduction via fuel cut) by means of a torque model. This isthen compared to the desired engine torque value todetermine if any modification of the engine torque isneeded. This results in a precise and adaptable control ofthe engine.

Knock control

Example for a typical Performance Line system
Depicted below you see an example system layout for the
Performance Line. The ECU is calibrated with the software
Modas Sport. The communication interface MSA-Box II
connects to the PC over USB and to the ECU via a CAN/
Ethernet link. DDU 8 display and C 60 data logger are
configured over Ethernet with the software RaceCon. The
logger and the ECU communicate over Ethernet.
Downloading and analyzing the data is accomplished withthe data analysis software WinDarab. The data can be alsotransmitted over burst or online telemetry.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Traction control
Proposed Bosch logger

C 60

Proposes Bosch display

DDU 8

Support of GDI
MS 5.5Engine layout

Up to 8 cyl., 1 or 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Dual lambda control
Turbo boost control
Elect. throttle control
Traction control
Proposed Bosch logger

Integrated 2 GB logger

Proposes Bosch display

DDU 8

Support of GDI
MS 5.2Engine layout

Up to 12 cyl., 1 or 2 bankControl strategy

Torque-structure based

Dual lambda control
Turbo boost control
Knock control
Elect. throttle control
Traction control
Proposed Bosch logger

C 60

Proposes Bosch display

DDU 8

Support of GDI

Bosch Engineering GmbH

12 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Dimensions

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 13

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.0Traction control

1

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing
Asymmetric ignition timing
Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 high pin density motorsport connectors
132 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration damped circuit boards

FeaturesSize

140 x 109 x 40.5 mm

Weight

650 g

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data

▶ 8 injection output stages

Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)▶ 8 ignition output stages

9 W at 14 V

Power supply▶ 51 data inputs

The MS 5.0 engine control unit manages gasoline engines
up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, itfeatures a powerful digital processing core with floating
point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation
generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily
generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.0
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.

Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
32 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to
250 ksps, 12 Bit)
2 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 lap trigger input
Outputs

Application

8 injection power stages

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank8 ignition power stages (up to 10 A)

Control strategy

torque-structure based

12 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Lambda control

with adaptation function

2 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Speed limiter

1 H-bridge (5 A)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

2 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA

Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds to different target lambda andspark maps)

1 time based synch-in/out

Fuel cut off
Turbo boost control
Knock control

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Electronic throttle control

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

14 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Installation Notes
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend
calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
2 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.0

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 02U V00 326-03

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 15

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.1

Traction control

1

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards

FeaturesSize

180 x 155 x 40 mm

Weight

1,060 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

Electrical Data

▶ 8 injection output stages

Power cons. (w/o loads)▶ 8 ignition output stages

approx. 9 W at 14 V

Power supply▶ 59 data inputs

The MS 5.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines
up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, itfeatures a powerful digital processing core with floating
point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation
generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily
generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.1
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.

Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to
250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 laptrigger input

Application

Outputs

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl., 2 bank8 injection power stages (peak & hold)Control strategy

torque-structure based

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Lambda control

with adaptation function

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Speed limiter

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)

Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds to different target lambda andspark maps)

2 H-bridges (5 A)

Fuel cut off

6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals

Turbo boost control

1 timebase reference synch-in/out

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/100 mA

Knock control
Electronic throttle control

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH16 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend
calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 01T A20 071-02

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 17

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.5Knock control

1

Electronic throttle control
Traction control
Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Internal logger 2 GB
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
3 high pin density motorsport connectors
165 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration suppression via multipoint fixed circuit boards

FeaturesSize▶ 8 injection output stages

Weight (approx.)

1,270 g

▶ 8 ignition output stages

Temp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85°C

▶ 59 data inputs

Electrical Data
Approx. power cons. (w/o loads)

180 x 155 x 40 mm

13 W at 14 V

Power Supply
The MS 5.5 engine control unit manages gasoline engines
up to 8 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, itfeatures a powerful digital processing core with floating
point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation
generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily
generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.5
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.

Full operation

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to 24 V

The MS 5.5 has an internal 2 GB logger, presenting a cost
efficient and weight optimized all-in-one solution.

38 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
4 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to
250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 lap trigger input

Application

Outputs

Engine layout

Max. 8 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

8 injection power stages

Lambda control

with adaptation function

8 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Speed limiter

20 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds to different target lambda andspark maps)

2 H-bridges (5 A)

Fuel cut off

1 protected Ubat output 1 A

Turbo boost control

www.bosch-motorsport.com

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1x 10 V/100 mA

Bosch Engineering GmbH18 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals
1 time based synch-in/out
SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend
calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
3 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces
1 x LIN interface

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 02U V00 285-02

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units | 19

Engine Control Unit
MS 5.2

Sequential fuel injection
Asymmetric injection timing

optional

Asymmetric ignition timing

optional

Calibration interface

CCP via CAN or XCP via Ethernet

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Dust and waterproof aluminum housing
4 high pin density motorsport connectors
220 pins, each pin individually filteredVibration resistant circuit board mounting
Size

Features

200 x 170 x 36.5 mm

Weight (approx.)

1,260 gTemp. range (at internal sensors)-20 to 85 °C

Electrical Data

▶ 12 injection output stages▶ 12 ignition output stages

Power cons. (w/o loads)

approx. 10 W at 14 V

Power supply▶ 78 data inputs

The MS 5.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines
up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 5 family, itfeatures a powerful digital processing core with floating
point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate
performance and flexibility. The MS 5 family utilizes a newsoftware development process based on MATLAB/
Simulink, which significantly speeds algorithm
development by using automatic code and documentation
generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily
generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 5.2
to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.

Operating range

6.5 to 18 V

Recommended

11 to 14 V

Absolute maximum

6 to24 V

Inputs2 thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces (LSU 4.9)
1 crankshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
1 camshaft sensor (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
2 turbo speed sensors (2-wire, inductive or Hall-effect)
4 wheel speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
2 gearbox speed sensors (inductive or Hall-effect)
45 universal analog inputs 0 to 5 V, 12 Bit
14 analog inputs (angle synchronous or time synchronous triggering up to
250 ksps, 12 Bit)
4 inputs for vibration knock sensors
1 lap trigger input

Application

Outputs

Engine layout

Max. 12 cylinders, 2 bankControl strategy

torque-structure based

12 injection power stages (peak & hold)Lambda control

with adaptation function

12 ignition power stages (up to 20 A)

Speed limiter

16 power stages (2 A; low side; PWM)

Gear cut for sequential gear box

4 power stages (4 A; low side; PWM)

Map switch (3 positions - each corresponds to different target lambda andspark maps)

4 H-bridge valve drivers (± 100 mA)

Fuel cut off

3 sensor supplies 5 V/400 mA and 1 x 10 V/100 mA

Turbo boost control

6 diagnostic outputs with selectable internal signals

Knock control

12 outputs with configurable function (FPGA)Electronic throttle control

1 time base reference synch-in/out

2 H-bridges (5 A)

Traction control

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH1

20 | Engine Control Units | Gasoline Engine Control Units

1

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

inclusive

WinDarab Analysis Softwareon request

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IIII
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend
calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
2 x 100 Mbps Ethernet interfaces
1 x RS232 serial interface
4 x 1 Mbps CAN interfaces

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 01T A20 069-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 21

Engine Control Unit
MS 15 Sport

Weightapprox. 725 g

ECU internal temperature range-20 to 75 °C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

approx. 5 W

Power consumption at full load

approx. 120 W

Inputs1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
2 inputs for redundant pedal position sensor
6 analog inputs 0 to 5 V:
fuel: low system and rail pressure
boost pressure, oil pressure
exhaust gas: pressure and temperature
5 NTC temperature inputs:
intake and boost air temperature
fuel, coolant and oil temperature
1 input for Hall vehicle speed sensor
3 digital inputs: lap beacon, pit speed limiter and fuel reset
1 internal ambient pressure sensor

Features1 internal ECU temperature sensor▶ 6 injection output stages

Outputs▶ For solenoid injectors

6 injection power stages for solenoid injectors▶ 21 data inputs

The MS 15 Sport is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
cylinders. It is developed for use in combination with
Bosch solenoid injectors. The MS 15 Sport software isprovided with an optimized function range. The MS 15
Sport is able to operate in a 12 V or 24 V system.

9 power stages
main, fuel pump, glow plug and 2 fan relays
fuel metering unit of high pressure pumpturbo actuator (PWM 5.0 Amps)
engine speed signal for tachometer, diagnostic lamp
Optional Functionality
Pilot injection SW upgrade

F 02U V00 776-01

Pressure control valve PCV SW upgrade

F 02U V00 777-01

Environment

Application

Complete SW documentation

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl.

Injector typesolenoid injectors

Control strategy

quantity based

Injection timing

1 main injection

Turbo boost control

single Turbo

Calibration guideIncl. work base and configuration of Modas Sport
Preconfigured CAN-messages for DDU Sport
Incl. SW tool Race Lab Sport with preconfigured settings
Connectors

Speed limiter

Connector K (vehicle: 94 pin)

D 261 205 353-01

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

Connector A (engine: 60 pin)

D 261 205 354-01

Technical Specifications

Communication

Mechanical Data

2 CAN interfaces

Display / logger
Calibration software

1 K-Line

Software download

Dust and waterproof aluminum housing
2 connectors with 60 and 94 pins
6 housing fixation points
Max. dimensions w/o connectors

203 x 140 x 38 mm

with connectors

203 x 167 x 38 mm

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15 Sportwww.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 350-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH1

22 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 15.1

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with highpin density, 187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-40 to 75 °C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

Features

4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors▶ 8 injection output stages

1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor▶ For solenoid injectors

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
3 system inputs 0 to 5 V▶ 60 data inputs

13 universal inputs 0 to 5, fixed pull-up
27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

The MS 15.1 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 8
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch solenoid
injectors.

3 digital inputs
Outputs
8 injection power stages
12 power stages (low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater

Application

2 H-bridges
2 sensor supply 5 V/system use

Engine layout

Max. 8 cyl.

Injector typesolenoid injectors

Control strategy

quantity based

3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
2 main injection
1 post injection

SoftwareModas Sport Calibration Software

Inclusive

single or Bi-Turbo

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Turbo boost control
Lambda measurement
Traction control

3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA

Optional Functionality
optional

Speed limiter
Gear cut for sequential gearbox

Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Speed limiter

Two bank hydraulic control SW up- F 02U V00 949-01
grade

Optional function packages available

Environment

Interface to Bosch Data Logging
SystemMSA-Box II

Max. vibration

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

F 02U V00 327-01

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)

F 01T A20 050-01

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 23

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SN

F 02U 000 466-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

1

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 Fire wire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.1

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 01T A20 022-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH24 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit
MS 15.2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
4 connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density, 187 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards
8 housing fixation points
Size

210 x 199 x 36 mm

Weight1,780 gTemperature range-40 to 75 °C

Electrical Data
Power consumption w/o inj.

approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption

approx. 140 W at 14 V

Inputs2 inputs for thermocouple exhaust gas temperature sensors
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
4 inputs for turbo speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors

Features1 input for inductive crankshaft sensor▶ 8 injection output stages

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor▶ For Piezo injectors

3 system inputs 0 to 5 V▶ 60 data inputs

13 universal inputs 0 to 5, fixed pull-up
27 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up
3 digital inputs

The MS 15.2 is an ECU for Diesel engines with up to 6
cylinders. It is developed for use with Bosch piezo
injectors.

Outputs
6 injection power stages
12 power stages (low side)
2 power stages for lambda heater
2 H-bridges

Application

2 sensor supply 5 V/system use

Engine layout

Max. 6 cyl.

3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA

Injector typepiezo injectors

3 sensor supply 10 V/100 mA

Control strategy

quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

SoftwareTurbo boost control

single or Bi-Turbo

Lambda measurement
Traction control

optional

Speed limiter
Speed limiter

WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

F 02U V00 778-01

Chassis SW upgrade

F 02U V00 779-01

Environment

Optional function packages available
Interface to Bosch Data Logging
SystemBosch Engineering GmbH

Inclusive

Two bank hydraulic control SW up- F 02U V00 949-01
gradeGear cut for sequential gearbox

Max. vibration

Modas Sport Calibration Software

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630

Modular sensor interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024

Display DDU Sport (incl. logger)

F 01T A20 050-01

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 25

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-16-35 SA

F 02U 000 467-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-16-35 SB

F 02U 000 468-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-16-35 SC

F 02U 000 469-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

1

Piezo Specific Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between cut
off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressure during injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.
Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according
to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.
Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)
2 Fire wire interfaces for external communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 01T A20 023-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH26 | Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units

1Engine Control Unit MS 12

Interface to Bosch Data Logging System
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Functions
Voltage Control
Rail pressure dependent precontrol of the voltage difference between cut
off voltage and stationary actuator voltage.
Closed-loop voltage control, injector individual.
Voltage precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
Discharging Time Control
Voltage dependent precontrol of discharging current.
Closed-loop discharging time control, injector individual.
Discharging time precontrol to improve dynamic behavior.
IVA Injector Voltage Adjustment
Determination of injector voltage demand at reference rail pressure during injector inspection in plant before IQA-measurement.

Features▶ 12 injection output stages▶ For piezo injectors

Injector assignment of voltage setpoint curves within the ECU according
to injector’s IVA class.
Temperature Compensation
Determination of the temperature dependent changes of voltage demand.

▶ 78 data inputs

Definition of a temperature dependent correction factor.
Multiplicative correction of the voltage setpoint.

The MS 12 is the high-end ECU for Diesel engines. ThisECU offers 12 Piezo injection power stages for use in up
to a 12 cylinder engine. Various engine and chassis
parameters can be measured with a high number of input
channels. All measured data can be transferred via
FireWire interface to an optional flash card data logger.
Additional MSI 55 (Modular Sensor Interfaces) can beconnected to increase the number of inputs. Gear box
control strategies are optional.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
5 connectors in motorsport technology with highpin density, 242 pins
Vibration damped circuit boards
Each connector individually filtered.
8 housing fixation points

ApplicationSize

240 x 200 x 57 mm

Weight2,500 g
-20 to 85 °C

Engine layout

Max. 12 cyl.

Temperature range

Injector type

Piezo injectors

Electrical Data

Control strategy

quantity based

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
1 post injection

Turbo boost control (incl. VTG)

single or Bi-Turbo

Lambda measurement
Traction control
Launch control
Gear cut for sequential gearbox
Gearbox control
Speed limiter
Optional function packages available

Power consumption w/o inj.

approx. 5 W at 14 V

Power consumption at 6500 rpm

approx. 160 W at 14 V

Inputs
6 inputs for thermocouple probes
2 lambda interfaces LSU
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
2 gear box speed
4 inputs for wheel speed sensors; basic design for inductive sensors
2 inputs for inductive crankshaft sensor
1 input for Hall-effect camshaft sensor
3 system inputs 0 to 5 V
16 PT1000

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Engine Control Units | Diesel Engine Control Units | 27

32 universal inputs 0 to 5 V, switchable pull-up

1

3 digital inputs
2 LVDT sensor interfaces
1 SSI interface
Outputs
12 injection power stages
24 power stages low side
2 power stages for lambda heater
6 H-bridge
2 sensor supply 5 V/system use
3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA
3 sensor supply 5 V/300 mA or 10 V/100 mA
Software
WinDarab Analysis Software

On request

Environment
Data logger C 55

F 01E B01 630-01

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024

Display DDU 4

F 01E B01 461

Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

Connectors
Mating connector I
AS 6-18-35 SA

F 02U 000 473-01

Mating connector II
AS 6-18-35 SB

F 02U 000 474-01

Mating connector III
AS 6-18-35 SC

F 02U 000 475-01

Mating connector IV
AS 6-18-35 SN

F 02U 000 472-01

Mating connector V
AS 6-12-35 SD

F 02U 000 445-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).
Depending on your experiences with calibration ofDiesel ECUs we recommend calibration support
from Bosch Motorsport.

Communication
3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use, switchable CAN
load resistor)
2 Fire wire interfaces for external
communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 12

www.bosch-motorsport.com

on request

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

2

Injection and Ignitionwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Diesel Overview

30

Injection Valves

32

HP Injection Valves

42

Power Stage Units

44

Fuel Pumps

53

Fuel Pressure Regulators

65

Ignition Coils

75

Spark Plugs

114

Bosch Engineering GmbH30 | Injection and Ignition | Diesel Overview

Diesel Overview
2

The geometry and characteristics of diesel engine
components are more dependent upon the application
than those for gasoline engines. A single injector design
will not fit all Diesel engines due to varying mechanicaland nozzle geometry requirements. In addition, theinjection system can vary from year to year even within
the same make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same technology for racingthat was developed by Bosch for production vehicle
applications. This includes both solenoid (magnetic)
technology used in earlier systems, and the latest cuttingedge piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety ofmodifications to fit the system to your specifications.
These modifications include:•

Definition of suitable base components from other (orlarger) engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit andorientation to suit the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number of holes,
spray cone angle etc.).
Our goal is to offer the best balance of cost andperformance for your application. This is why we offerdifferent levels of modifications to choose from. Below is
an example of the different levels for a 4-cylinder engine
with 4 injectors, 1 high pressure pump, and a single fuelrail:

3rd Level
Description

Components manufactured completely to your specification (e.g.
heavily modified series components
or new products)

Functioning

Piezo or Solenoid

Injectors

On request

High pressure pump

On request

Fuel rail

On request

System priceOn request(Prices will be finalized in your personal offer once part numbers are defined)
Additional remark:Bosch Motorsport does not manufacture high pressure fuellines, but we can assist you in finding a company that canbuild high pressure lines for your application.

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on our Diesel
components, please have the following information readyso that we may best determine components required foryour application:

•
•
•
•
•

The base engine / the car where this engine originallyis installed
Model year and type of car / engine
The base output level and the desired output level forthe engine
If it is originally equipped with Bosch components: thepart numbers of the Bosch components
Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer partnumber of the original injection system.

Note

If your engine is originally equipped with
Bosch components, modifications will beeasier than replacing third party components.

Note

We reserve the right to assess a fee forapplications where the component
specification requires an extraordinary
amount of time.

Technical Specifications
1st Level
Description

Series components with some minor
modifications (e.g. series components from a bigger engine (e.g.
pump) plus series injector with sample nozzle)

Functioning

Solenoid

Injectors

4 x 650.00 €High pressure pump

1,250.00 €Fuel rail

500.00 €System price

4,350.00 €2nd Level
Description

Series components with modification (e.g. modified injector bodywith sample nozzle)

Functioning

Piezo

Injectors

4 x 2,100.00 €High pressure pump

3,000.00 €Fuel rail

1,000.00 €System price

12,400.00 €Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Diesel Overview | 31

Dimensions

2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH32 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 6

Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate

Type αγ

Resist.

0 280 156 012, S

310 g/453 cm3

C

5°

12 Ω

20°

Further variations are available on request.

2

Variations of Motorsport valves
Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate/min

Type αγ

Resist.

B 280 431 127-07, S

261 g/382 cm3

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 431 128-04, S

364 g/533 cm3

C

25°

15°

12 Ω

B 280 431 129-03, S

364 g/533 cm3

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 431 131-02, S

493 g/721 cm3

C

70°

0°

1.2 Ω

B 280 499 499-02, S

658 g/962 cm3

C

25°

0°

12 Ω

Further versions are available on request.
Mechanical Data

Features▶ Single beam or twin beam
▶ Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 962 cm3/h (N-heptane)

System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤ 55 gFuel input

top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing designStandard (S), Long (L)▶ Spray angle 15 to 70°

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)▶ Coil resistance 1.2 to 16 Ohm

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

134 to 962 cm³/min
92 to 658 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 70°

Bent angle γ

0 to 20°

Coil resistance

1.2 to 16 Ω

EV 6 injection valves are designed to inject the fuel as
efficiently as possible into the intake manifold runner toachieve a homogeneous distribution of fuel in air flow.
EV 6 injection valves feature high corrosion resistance andexcellent engine start characteristics. The hydraulicconnections of all Bosch injection valves are compatible.

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Technical Specifications
Variations of production type valves

Installation Notes

Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate

Type αγ

Resist.

0 280 156 194, S

116 g/170 cm3

C

15°

0°

14.5 Ω

0 280 155 868, L

261 g/382 cm3

C

15°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 155 830, L

261 g/382 cm3

E

20°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 156 063, L

269 g/393 cm3

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and hold powerstage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 33

Dimensions

2

Housing Variations

Spray Illustrations

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

34 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves2

EV6 Standard

EV6 Long

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 35

Injection Valve EV 12

Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate

Type

α

γ

Resist.

0 280 157 000, S

310 g/453 cm3

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight40 g

Fuel input

top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Features

Standard with extension

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
59 to 670 g/min

Spray angle α

5 to 60°

Bent angle γ

0 to 17°▶ Single beam or twin beam

Coil resistance

11 to 16 Ω

▶ Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/h (N-heptane)

Electrical Data

▶ Spray angle 5 to 60°

Power supply▶ Coil resistance 11 to 16 Ohm

6 to 16 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

EV 12 injection valves are EV 6 injection valves with anextended tip.
There is only one injector body size for the EV 12. Variousdelivery rates and spray-angles are available.

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Technical Specifications
Variations of production type valves
Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate

Type

α

γ

Resist.

0 280 157 002, S

120 g/175 cm3

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 157 012, S

193 g/282 cm3

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 155 897, S

217 g/317 cm3

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

0 280 155 892, S

269 g/393 cm3

E

15°

10°

12 Ω

Dimensions

Housing Variations

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

36 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

2

Spray Illustrations

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 37

Injection Valve EV 14

Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate

Type αγ

Resist.

0 280 158 116, L

237 g/347 cm3

E

22°

5°

12 Ω

0 280 158 123, SxT

372 g/543 cm3

E

25°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 040, KxT

670 g/980 cm3

C

30°

0°

12 Ω

Further versions are available on request.
Variations of Motorsport valves
Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate/min

Type αγ

Resist.

B 280 436 038-08, S

261 g/382 cm3

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-10, S

364 g/533 cm3

C

25°

15°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-07, S

364 g/533 cm3

C

70°

0°

12 Ω

B 280 436 038-08, S

493 g/721 cm3

C

70°

0°

1.2 Ω

B 280 436 469-01, S

658 g/962 cm3

C

25°

0°

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

FeaturesWeight≤ 30 g▶ Single beam or twin beam

Fuel input

top-feed injector▶ Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/h (N-heptane)

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C▶ Spray angle15 to 85°

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°C▶ Coil resistance 12 Ohm

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021

EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the EV 6
injection valve technology.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates and spraypatterns. Compact size and three standard versions
simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

Housing design

Compact (C), Standard (S), Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

146 to 1,023 cm³/min
100 to 700 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistance

12 ΩElectrical Data
Power supply

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Variations of production type valves

Connectors

Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate

Type αγ

Resist.

0 280 158 110, L

116 g/170 cm3

C

15°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 200, S

116 g/170 cm3

E

15°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 107, L

150 g/219 cm3

C

20°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 013, S

150 g/219 cm3

E

19°

0°

12 Ω

0 280 158 038, KxT

237 g/347 cm3

C

20°

0°

12 Ω

www.bosch-motorsport.com

6 to 16 V

Jetronic, Sumitomo, Motorsport
connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

38 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Dimensions

2

Spray Illustrations

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 392

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH40 | Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 14i

Part-Nr., Housing

2

Flow rate

Type

α

γ

Resist.

F 02U V00 718-01, ixT 261 g/382 cm3 C

35°

0°

12 Ω

F 02U V00 724-01, i

261 g/382 cm3

E

20°

0°

12 Ω

On request, i

310 g/453 cm3

C

35°

0°

12 Ω

Further variations are available on request.
Mechanical Data
System pressure

Max. 8 bar

Weight≤20 g

Fuel input

top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤70°C

Climate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021
Housing design

Very compact

Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2-Spray)

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

Up to 1,023 cm³/min
Up to 700 g/min

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Features

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°▶ Single beam or twin beam

Coil resistance

2.3 or 12 Ω

▶ Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,023 cm3/h (N-heptane)

Electrical Data

▶ Spray angle 15 to 85°

Power supply▶ Coil resistance 2.3 or 12 Ohm

6 to 16 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

EV 14i injection valves are developed specially for
motorsport applications.
The valve is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Very compact size simplifies mounting in avariety of applications.

Div. motorsports connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.
Injectors with low resistance are only supplied with a peak and hold powerstage.

Technical Specifications
Variations of production type valves
Part-Nr., Housing

Flow rate

Type

α

γ

Resist.

On request, i

213 g/311 cm3

C

80°

0°

12 Ω

On request, i

261 g/382 cm3

C

25°

0°

2.3 Ω

On request, i

261 g/382 cm3 C

35°

0°

2.3 Ω

On request, i

261 g/382 cm3 E

20°

15°

12 Ω

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Injection Valves | 41

Dimensions

2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH42 | Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Valves

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5
2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Spray typeMultihole

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes

Spray angle overall

110°

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±5 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23 °C

Electrical Data

Features▶ Single beam or twin beam
▶ Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,500 cm3/h (N-heptane)▶ Spray angle 8 to 20°▶ Coil resistance 1,500 mOhm

Booster supply

65 to 90 V

Booster current

13.2 A

Booster time

500 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.6 A

Pick up time

800 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.0 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mΩConnectors and Wires
The HDEV 5 is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injection.
The function of the HDEV 5 is both to meter out the fueland to obtain a well-defined mixture of fuel and air. It is
an inward opening solenoid injector which is optimized
regarding very short opening and closing times, which
ensures a very stable linearity at short injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability
concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also the flowrate can be defined in a big range.

Connector

compact

Mating connector

A 928 000 453

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport Power Stage Unit(e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.
Bosch offers the spray targeting design according to the individual customer requirements.

Application
Application

308 to 1,026 g/min at 100 bar

Fuel input

top-feed-injector

Fuelgasoline

Operating pressure

200 barOperating temperature range-31 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. Vibration

600 m/s²

Bosch Engineering GmbHIf your application conditions will not match the listed performance data,
please ask for consultancy at Bosch Motorsport.
In addition to the specific designed sample, Bosch offers cost effective
production HDEV 5.2 on request.
The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically) if the tip will not
be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | HP Injection Valves | 43

Dimensions

2

Spray Variations

Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 868-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH44 | Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units

HPI 1.1

Mechanical Data
Sheet-metal housing
Each connector pin individually filtered2

Vibration damped circuit boards
Housing temperature-25 to 85 °C

Size

180 x 162 x 46 mm

Weight430 g

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

14 V

Operating voltage (normal operation)

11 to 16 V

Operating voltage (engine start)

6 to 18 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Communication▶ Max. 6 cylinders

1 CAN (500 kBaud)▶ Max. 9,000 rpm

1 K-Line▶ 430 gOrdering Information
The injector power stage HPI 1.1 is a device for driving
injectors for gasoline direct injection. Combined with asuitable ECU up to 6 injectors can be driven. The injectors
are gathered in 3 groups of 2 injectors each. Within agroup only one injector can be switched on at the sametime. The 3 groups are totally independent, so thatoverlapping injection of injectors of different groups is
possible. Communication between main ECU and the HPI
1.1 is realized via CAN interface

HPI 1.1 Active low for HDEV 1

F 01T A20 000-01

HPI 1.1 Active low for HDEV 5

F 02U V00 030-01

HPI 1.1 Active high for HDEV 1

F 01E B01 645-01

HPI 1.1 Acttive high for HDEV 5

F 02U V00 036-01

Application
Max. number of cylinders

6

Max. rpm (4-cyl. operation)

9,000

Max. rpm (6-cyl. operation)

6,000

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 1 and HDEV 5
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 2 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Variations
HPI 1.1 Active low
Injection control inverting (Low = ”ON”) for
inputsoperation with standard
lowside power stages ofautomotive ECUs

Bosch Engineering GmbH

HPI 1.1 Active highnon-inverting (High= ”ON”)

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units | 45

HPI 1.16

Electrical Data
Optimized for Bosch HP injection valves HDEV 5 and HDEV 1
Max. rpm

12,5002

Conditions for use
Housing temperature

Please see Variations

Operating voltage

8 to 18 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or
at our homepage.

Communication
1 CAN
1 K-Line

Ordering Information
Features

HPI 1.16 HV

F 01T A20 019▶ Max. 10 cylinders

HPI 1.16 HVD
With internal voltage regulator 65 to 90 V

F 01T A20 018▶ Max. 12,500 rpm▶ 725 gIn combination with a Bosch Motorsport ECU the HPI 1.16
enables the running of high pressure injection valves. The
injector current is realized by a switched current
regulation with boost period, pick-up period, holding
period and recharging period. This HPI can be used forexample in racing series like DTM, 24h Le Mans, etc.

Technical Specifications
Variations
HPI 1.16 HV

HPI 1.16 HVD

Voltage support

External supply ofInternal voltage regulabooster voltage (90 V) tor 65 to 90 V
is required

Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

-25 to 70°C

Weight

575 g

725 g

Mechanical Data
Engine layout

Max. 10 cyl.

Dust and waterproof aluminum housing
Filtered connectors in motorsport technology with high pin density.
Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Flexible housing fixation points
Size without connectors

135 x 101 x 43 mm

WeightPlease see Variations

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH46 | Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units

HPI 5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Dust and waterproof aluminum housing

2

Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167.3 x 181 x 37.1 mm

Weight

700 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Communication
1 CAN (1 MBaud)Features▶ Max. 8 cylinders

Ordering Information▶ Max. 7,000 rpm

HPI 5▶ 700 gF 02U V00 628-02

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving
injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct
injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8 injectors
can be driven. The injectors are gathered in 4 groups of 2
injectors each. Within a group only one injector can beswitched on at the same time. The 4 groups are totally
independent, so that overlapping injection of injectors ofdifferent groups is possible. The high pressure pump
power stage is designed to drive the Bosch high pressure
pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU and the
HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. Operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. Operation)

14,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valves HDEV 5 and Boschhigh pressure pump HDP 5

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units | 47

Ignition Module IM 3.1

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CElectrical Data

Features▶ Max. 3 cylinders

UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic▶ 47 gCharacteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell time fromthe ignition coil used

Internal transistor

triple Darlington

This ignition module IM is an external ignition power stage
capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized
ignition coils.

Connectors and Wires
Three pin connector

Bosch Jetronic three pin

The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.
MS 4 Sport/MS 4.4 Sport).

Mating connector

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Collector transistor 2

The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Pin 3

Collector transistor 3

Four pin connector

Bosch Jetronic four pin

Mating connector

B 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 3

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Basis transistor 2

Pin 4

Basis transistor 1

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Installation Notes

Storage temperature range-40 at 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x2, 3x2, P35, P35-T and PS
or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units whichhave no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

48 | Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.1

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 227 100 209

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units | 49

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic

Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell time fromthe ignition coil used

Internal transistor

triple Darlington

Connectors and Wires▶ Max. 3 cylinders▶ 47 gThis ignition module IM 3.2 is an external ignition powerstage capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized
ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.
MS 4 Sport/MS 4.4 Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Seven pin connector

Bosch Jetronic seven pin

Mating connector

F 02U B00 252-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x2, 3x2, P35, P35-T and PS
or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ±30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 130 °C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units whichhave no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°Cwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

50 | Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 3.2

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 227 100 203

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units | 51

Ignition Module IM 4

Electrical Data
UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120 ｰC< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires
Four pin connector

Bosch Jetronic four pin

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4

Pin 2

Collector transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Features

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1▶ Max. 4 cylinders

Five pin connector

Bosch Jetronic five pin▶ 54 gMating connector

B 261 205 352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4This ignition module IM is an external ignition power stage
capable of supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition
coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU withignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20 mA (e.g.
MS 4 Sport/MS 4.4 Sport).
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality
production part with good electrical performance toprovide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized
coils to an ECU without internal ignition driver stages.

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with: Coils 2x2, 3x2, P35, P35-T and PS
or comparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.
The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface
needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.
A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 V ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units whichhave no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring washer

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

52 | Injection and Ignition | Power Stage Units

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 4

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 227 100 211

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 53

Fuel Pump FP 100

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22 °C

6.0 ± 0.5 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

none

Color

silver

Non-return valve

external

Fuel filteringexternal, on pressure side

Features▶ 100 l/h
▶ 725 g▶ 5 bar

The FP 100 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation
outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 100 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel can bedelivered up to E85.
The main benefit of the FP 100 over a production typepump is the high delivery rate at high pressure.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22 °C

118 ± 3 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

+M4/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M4 and M5

Mechanical connector intake side

M16x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70 °C

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Installation Notes

Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

54 mm

Length185 mmWeight

725 g

Mountingclamping

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

54 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 100

Bosch Engineering GmbHY 580 701 456-03

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 55

Fuel Pump FP 165

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22 °C

11.0 ± 2 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

none

Color

silver

Non-return valve

internal

Fuel filteringexternal, on pressure side

Features▶ 165 l/h
▶ 980 g▶ 5 bar

The FP 165 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation
outside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 165 l/h at 5 bar. Bio-fuel can bedelivered up to E85.
The FP 165 is a production type fuel pump, combining
good quality at a low price.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M4/-M5

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M4 and M5

Application

Mechanical connector intake sideM14x1.5

Fuel pressure

5 bar

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22 °C

205 ± 5 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70 °C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Installation Notes
With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length168 mmWeight

980 g

Mountingclamping

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

56 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 165

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 580 254 979

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 57

Fuel Pump FP 200

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

14 ± 1 A

Load current at 8 bar and 22°C

15 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

none

Color

silver

Non-return valve

internal

Fuel filteringexternal, on pressure side

Features▶ 200 l/h
▶ 1,030 g▶ 5 bar / 8 bar

The FP 200 is an inline roller cell pump for the installation
outside or inside the fuel tank.
It is capable of providing 200 l/h at 5 bar (8 bar). Bio-fuelcan be delivered up to E85.
The FP 200 is one of the most popular aftermarket fuelpumps and has an excellent price.

Application
Fuel pressure

5 bar or 8 bar

Delivery rate at 5 bar and 22 °C

260 ± 5 l/h

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22 °C

220 ± 5 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

7 to 12.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85

Operating temperature range-20 to 90 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70 °C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

60 mm

Length196 mmWeight

1,030 gMountingclamping

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

58 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Connectors and Wires

2

Installation Notes

Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

With ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

With E26/E85 or Diesel fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 200, 5 bar
5 bar

0 580 254 044

Fuel Pump FP 200, 8 bar
8 bar

B 261 205 413-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 59

Fuel Pump FP 300

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

anodized

Color

red

Non-return valve

internal

Fuel filteringinternal

Features▶ 300 l/h
▶ 714 g
▶ 8 bar

The FP 300 represents the next generation of lowpressure inline fuel pumps. The internals in the pump aredesigned specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel delivery from modified rotor design, as well as
an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of theadvantages of this pump.
The pump can be used for gasoline Diesel and Bio-fuels.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Mechanical connector intake side

M18x1.5

Mechanical connector pressureside

M12x1.5

Fuel pressure

8 bar

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22 °C

340 ± 5 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Operating temperature range-20 to 90°C

Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

For technical reasons the values may vary.

Installation Notes

Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with Methanol fuel.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length174 mmWeight FP 300

714 g

Mountingclamping

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

60 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 300

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 205 366-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 61

Fuel Pump FP 300L

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length174 mmWeight

670 g

Mountingclamping

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16.5 V

Operating voltage

13.8 V

Load current at 5 bar and 22°C

17.3 ± 1 A

Characteristic
Surface coating

anodized

Color

red

Non-return valve

internal

Fuel filteringinternal

Features▶ 300 l/h
▶ 670 g
▶ 8 bar

The FP 300L represents the next generation of lowpressure inline fuel pumps. The internals of the pump aredesigned specifically for motorsport applications.
Higher fuel delivery (from modified rotor design), as wellas an improved power-to-weight ratio are two of theadvantages of this pump.
The pumps can be used for gasoline, Diesel and E85. The
FP 300L has further weight reduction measures.

Application
Fuel pressure

8 bar

Delivery rate at 8 bar and 22 °C

340 ± 5 l/h

Pressure limiting valve

8.5 bar rel.

Fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Operating temperature range-20 to 90 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 70 °C

Max. vibration

3 mm at 10 to 18 Hz≤40 m/s2 at 18 to 60 Hz

Connectors and wires
Electrical connector+M6/-M5

Electrical matting connector

with ring wire M6 and M5

Mech. connector intake side

M18x1.5

Mech. connector pressure sideM12x1.5

Installation Notes
Integrated pre-filter allows cleaning of filter by user.
With E26/E85 or M100 fuel run-time max. 500 h.
For technical reasons the values may vary.
Please use within the specified limit values only.
Please flush the pump with gasoline after use with methanol fuel.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

62 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Fuel Pump FP 300L

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 02U V00 636-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps | 63

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

up to 600 m/s

2Connectors and Wires
Fuel input connection

M14x1.5

High pressure connection

M14x1.5

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends on
cam profile and type of tappet.
Higher flow rates are only achievable at lower max. speeds.

Features

Ordering Information▶ up to 1.1 ccm

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
With integrated control valve▶ 780 g

0 261 B11 223-01▶ up to 200 bar

The HDP 5 is a compact high pressure single piston pump.
The design allows achieving a big delivery volume as wellas high efficiency, as needed in motorsport applications.
Variations in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow
different flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5 has an integrated demand control for metering
the amount of fuel supplied into the high pressure fuelsystem and an overpressure relief valve to limit the
maximum fuel pressure. By metering the fuel into the highpressure system no fuel return line into the tank isneeded.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection
For gasoline direct injection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam

Nominal pressure

up to 200 bar

Weightapprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft

3,500 to 4,650 min-1

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH64 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD
2

Connections
Fuel input connection

M14x1.5

High pressure connection

M14x1.5

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum driveshaft speed depends on
cam profile and type of tappet.
Higher flow rates are only achievable at lower max. speeds.

Ordering Information
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD

0 261 B11 223-01

Features▶ up to 1.1 ccm▶ 780 g▶ up to 200 bar

The HDP 5-FD is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume
as well as high efficiency, as needed in motorsportapplications. Variations in the number of cam lobes andcam lifts allow different flow requirements to beaddressed.

Application
For high pressure manifold injection
For gasoline direct injection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Theoretical fuel delivery

0.5 to 1.1 cm³/rotcam

Nominal pressure

up to 200 bar

Weightapprox. 780 g

Max. speed at pump driveshaft

3,500 to 4,650 min-1

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

up to 600 m/s

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 65

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini

Application
Pressure range

see ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Fuel compatibility Mini

Gasoline, E85, M22

Fuel compatibility Mini M

Gasoline, E85, M100

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

37.9 mm

Weight

60 g

Mounting

fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy

Features▶ 2,5 to 10 bar▶ Methanol version available from 6 to 10 bar±2 % at 105 l/hConnectors and Wires
Connector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring▶ Aluminium housing

Installation Notes
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as for methanol
applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate incomparison to the production type regulators.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the O-rings
must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

66 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Standard version 2.5 bar

B 261 208 101-01

Standard version 3 bar

B 261 208 102-01

Standard version 3.5 bar

B 261 208 103-01

Standard version 4 bar

B 261 208 104-01

Standard version 5 bar

B 261 208 105-01

Standard version 6 bar

B 261 208 106-01

Standard version 7 bar

B 261 208 107-01

Standard version 8 bar

B 261 208 108-01

Standard version 10 bar

B 261 208 109-01

Methanol version 6 bar

B 261 208 121

Methanol version 8 bar

B 261 208 122-01

Methanol version 10 bar

B 261 208 123-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 67

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini A

Reference pressure connector

diam. 5 mm tube connector

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply
reference pressure to the regulator. This can beatmospheric pressure, air box pressure or manifoldpressure.
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.

Features▶ 3.5 to 5 bar / 2.2 to 3.5 bar

Please make a leak test after you have installed theregulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will bereused, the O-rings must be tested for fractures.

▶ Aluminium housing

Operation with air is not allowed.
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator was
specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustability of
the fuel pressure.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

fastening with a clip

Pressure range

2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

68 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
2.2 to 3.5 bar

B 280 550 340-02

3.5 to 5 bar

B 280 550 341-02

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 69

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 38

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48 gMounting

fastening with a clip

Pressure range

3.8 barReflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

diam. 5 mm tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 %Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

Features▶ 3.5 bar
▶ Sheet steel housing

Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box pressure
or manifold pressure.

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

This production type fuel pressure regulator is designed
for the integration into the full rail.

Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.

The main benefits of this regulator include thecompetitively priced high quality and a high return flow
rate.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the O-rings
must be tested for fractures.
Operation with air is not allowed.

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

70 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 280 160 616

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 71

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 5

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

fastening with a clip

Pressure range

5 bar

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

diam. 5 mm tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/hConnectors and Wires
Connector supply

diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring

Features▶ 5 bar▶ Sheet steel housing

Installation Notes
The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, air box pressure
or manifold pressure.

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constantfuel pressure at the injection valves.

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

We modified this production type based regulator
especially for motorsport use and increased the pressurelevel.

Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.

The main benefit of this regulator include thecompetitively priced high quality and the high return flowrate.

Operation with air is not allowed.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please oil O-rings lightly before you install the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the O-rings
must be tested for fractures.

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

72 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 280 550 113-03

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 73

FPR Adaptor

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration< 600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Length100 mmWeight

170 g

Mountingscrew fastening with M6 screws

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Features▶ Aluminium housing

This adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator. The
adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator as well
as a motorsport regulator. Delivery without regulator.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 735-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

74 | Injection and Ignition | Fuel Pressure Regulators

HP Control Valve DSV
2Application
Operating temperature range-20 to 130 °C

Max. temperature of location

140°C (max. 5 min)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Pressure range

10 to 200 bar

Flow quantity

max. 220 l/h

Weight

135 g

Size

32 x 54 x 56 mm

Housing

Aluminum

Electrical Data
Operating voltage

6.5 to 18 V

Operation current

Imax = 2.2 A

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector▶ 10 to 200 bar

Bosch Compact▶ Aluminium housing

The DSV is specially designed for regulation of pressure in
the common rail of high pressure injection systems.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
HP Control Valve DSVBosch Engineering GmbH

0 261 540 011

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 75

Double Fire Coil 3x2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

12 kΩ

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.9 ms2

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 351-01

Pin 1

Coil 3 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 4

Ubatt

Features

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

▶ 1490 g

Characteristic dwell times [ms]▶ Max. 35 kV

Ubatt▶ Max. 65 mJ

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

6V

7.2

9.5

13.5

8V

4.3

5.4

10 V

3.1

3.8

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost
applications in 6-cylinder engines.

12 V

2.4

14 V

2.0

The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only threeinternal ignition power stages for supplying a 6-cylinder
engine.

16 V
18 V

The double fire 3x2 coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness and low cost.

▶ Max. 1.9 kV/µs

8.0 A

9.0 A

10.0 A

6.6

7.9

9.5

4.5

5.2

6.0

6.7

2.9

3.5

3.9

4.4

4.9

2.4

2.8

3.2

3.5

3.9

1.7

2.0

2.4

2.7

2.9

3.2

1.4

1.7

2.0

2.3

2.5

2.7

20 V

1.3

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

22 V

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

1.9

2.1

24 V

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

1.9

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 120 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight1,490 gMountingscrew fastening

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Dwell time

Bosch Engineering GmbH

76 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.4 μJ

1.44 ms

48 mA

25.4 kV

6A

45 μJ

1.63 ms

60 mA

29.9 kV

7A

56.5 μJ1.78 ms

70 mA

34 kV

8A

67.6 μJ

1.9 ms

80 mA

39.3 kV

9A

77.7 μJ

1.98 ms

88.8 mA

43 kVThis coil is only for use with engine control units having three integrated
ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.

10 A

86.2 μJ

2.07 ms

100 mA

45 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug, please
pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition coil are not thefiring order but the cylinders’ order.

Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Spark energy

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 77

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 3x2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 221 503 002

Bosch Engineering GmbH

78 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Double Fire Coil 2x2
2Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 mΩ

Secondary resistance

13.3 kΩHigh voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 2.2 ms

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 289-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Features

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

▶ 916 gCharacteristic dwell times [ms]▶ Max. 35 kV

Ubatt▶ Max. 70 mJ

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

6V

6.9

9.3

13.1

22.2

8V

4.2

5.3

6.7

10 V

3.0

3.8

4.6

This dual spark ignition coil is designed for low-cost
applications in 4-cylinder engines.

12 V

2.4

2.9

14 V

1.9

2.4

The advantage of this coil is that the ECU needs only twointernal ignition power stages for supplying a 4-cylinder
engine.

16 V

1.6

20 V

1.2

22 V

The double fire 2x2 coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness and low cost.

24 V▶ Max. 1.9 kV/µs

9.0 A

10.0 A

8.1

9.8

12.0

5.4

6.2

7.0

3.5

4.1

4.6

5.1

2.8

3.3

3.6

4.0

2.0

2.4

2.7

3.0

3.3

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.3

2.5

1.1

1.3

1.6

1.8

2.0

2.2

1.0

1.2

1.4

1.6

1.8

2.0

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Application
Spark energy≤ 70 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.0 A

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 120 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 200 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight916 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Dwell timewww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 79

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

34.5 mJ

1.6 ms

40 mA24.9 kV

6A

46.5 mJ

1.83 ms

51 mA

30 kV

7A

58.0 mJ

2.03 ms

61 mA

34.5 kV

8A

69.6 mJ

2.2 ms

70 mA38.6 kV

9A

79.9 mJ

2.31 ms

77 mA

42.2 kVThis coil is only for use with engine control units having two integrated ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.

10 A

89.9 mJ

2.4 ms

88 mA

45 kV

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug, please
pay attention that the spark plugs are connected in the correct ignition firing order. Numbers in the offer drawing or on the ignition coil are not thefiring order but the cylinders’ order.

Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Spark energy

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Double Fire Coil 2x2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 221 503 407

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

80 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1
2Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

420 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 2.1 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 95 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.14 ms

Suppression diode / EFU
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

Coil 2 (b) ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

Coil 1 (a) ECU Ignition Driver Stage

Features

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

▶ 496 gPlease specify the required wire length with your order.

▶ Max. 34 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]▶ 2 x ≤ 50 mJ

Ubatt▶ Max. 2.0 kV/µs

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

6V

4.6

6.5

9.2

13.6

7.5 A

8.0 A

8V

2.9

3.9

4.8

5.7

6.1

6.5

This ignition coil is specifically developed for engines with
twin sparks.

10 V

2.1

2.74

3.36

3.9

4.0

4.2

12 V

1.65

2.11

2.55

2.92

3.04

3.18

The advantage of this coil is that are two separated coils
in one housing. So the ignition can be parallel or serialoffset with some angular degrees.

14 V

1.36

1.74

2.07

2.35

2.45

2.55

16 V

1.16

1.47

1.75

1.98

2.05

2.14

18 V

1.02

1.28

1.51

1.7

1.77

1.84

This coil is a series coil, produced in great quantities. The
advantage of coils from run production are low costs andhigh robustness.

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Application
Spark energy

2 x ≤ 50 mJ

Primary current

2 x ≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 110 °C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight496 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Dwell timewww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 81

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

20 mJ

0.784 ms

55 mA

22.5 kV

5A

29.9 mJ

0.931 ms

70 mA

27.5 kV

6A

38 mJ

1.04 ms

85 mA

31.5 kVThis coil is only for use with engine control units having integrated ignition
power stages, e.g. IGBT or BIP.

7A

46.2 mJ

1.11 ms

90 mA

35.4 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

7.5 A

49.5 mJ

1.14 ms

95 mA

36.7 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

8A

52.4 mJ

1.16 ms

105 mA37.7 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

The coil can be mounted directly on the engine.
Ignition wires are needed to connect the coil with the spark plug.

Spark energy

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 221 503 035

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

82 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil C90
2Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ 230 g▶ Max. 40 kV▶ Max. 90 mJ▶ Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt : red

Pin 2

ECU collector white

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

For spark plugs

ceramic diameter d = 8 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark plugconnector with your orderThis single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in GDI(turbocharged) high performance engines. It is designed
for direct cylinder head mounting.
This coil optionally provides an ionic current
measurement. The design of the upper part (wire side)and the lower part (spark plug side) can be designed per
customer specification. The main benefits of this highperformance coil are its high energy capability and a very
good provided high voltage.

Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range outer 0 to 160 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
10.0 A

12.0 A

15.0 A

16.0 a

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

17.0 A

20.0 A

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V 0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

0.64

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

< 230 gMountingscrew fastening

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 83

2

Spark energy

Installation Notes
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 μs

100 mA

31.6 kVThis coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 μs

122 mA

37.4 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 μs

148 mA

45.7 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 μs

158 mA

46 kV

Usage above Iprim = 16 A may reduce the lifetime.

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 μs

165 mA

46 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 μs

190 mA46 kV

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH84 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90

Bosch Engineering GmbH0 221 B00 220-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 85

Single Fire Coil M

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight180 g

Mounting

pluggable / pressed

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

500 kΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 4.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 170 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.53 ms

Suppression diode / EFU
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Features

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires▶ 180 g▶ Max. 33 kV▶ Max. 38 mJ▶ Max. 4.0 kV/µs

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt : red

Pin 2

ECU Ignition driver stage: white

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
This coil is the first ignition coil developed and designed
specifically for motorsport use. Compared to a production
based coil, the single fire coil M can operate in higher
temperature and vibration environment.
An additional advantage of this coil is the ability to vary
the length of the spark plug connector to customer
requirements.

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark plugconnector with your order
Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10.0 A

6V

3.45

4.66

7.00

This coil is also available as double fire coil and in a DR-25
sleeve with multiple connector options.

8V

2.05

2.48

10 V

1.47

Please note this coil is non-transistorized and must be
used with an ECU that has integrated power-stages.

12 V

1.14

14 V
16 V

2.96

3.52

4.20

1.73

2.00

2.27

2.54

3.13

1.33

1.52

1.71

1.87

2.19

0.93

1.09

1.23

1.37

1.50

1.72

0.79

0.91

1.03

1.14

1.24

1.41

18 V

0.68

0.78

0.88

0.98

1.05

1.19

24 V

0.48

0.55

0.62

0.68

0.74

0.83

≤ 38 mJ

27 V

0.42

0.48

0.54

0.60

0.64

0.72

≤ 10 A

30 V

0.37

0.43

0.48

0.53

0.57

0.63

Application
Spark energy
Primary current

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 160 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

12.0 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Bosch Engineering GmbH86 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.

2

This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

6A

18.8 mJ

400 μs

100 mA

25.4 kV

7A

23.7 mJ

450 μs

120 mA

29 kV

8A

28.6 mJ

480 μs

135 mA

31.6 kV

9A

33.4 mJ

510 μs

150 mA

34 kV

10 A

37.6 mJ

530 μs

170 mA

36 kV

12 A

44.6 mJ

560 μs

190 mA

39 kV

Spark energy

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 87

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil M

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 182-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH88 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P35
2

Technical Specifications
Variations
P35

P35-T

Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement

Integrated power stage

-

+

Pin 1

ECU ignition driv- ECU ignition siger stage
nal

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S BIP 373

Mechanical Data
Length140.5 mm

Weight

194 to 205 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data

Features▶ 194 to 250 g▶ Max. 34 kV▶ Max. 38 mJ▶ Max. 2.0 kV/µs

Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage

Please see Variations

Characteristic
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head.

Measured with power stage

The P35 has no integrated power stage and is developedfor use with ECUs that have integrated ignitiontransistors.

Connectors and Wires

The P35-T has an integrated transistor for use with ECUs
that have ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.
The single fire coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness and low cost.

Please see Variations

Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

Pin 1

Please see Variations

Pin 2

ECUGnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs with a ceramic diameter d=10 mm
Spark plug connector

Application

140.5 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 89

Characteristic dwell times [ms]I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Ubatt

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kVI primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V
12 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

1.6

2.1

2.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

16 V

1.1

1.4

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

20 V

0.9

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

22 V
24 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Hi voltage

Spark energy

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
The coils with "-T", please only use with engine control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

90 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Coil P35

0 221 504 030

Coil P35-T
Integrated transistor

0 221 604 014

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 91

Single Fire Coil P35-E

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

760 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

2

Suppression diode / EFU
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

Pin 1

ECU ignition driver stage

Pin 2

ECUGndFeatures

Pin 3

Ubatt

▶ 194 to 250 g

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

▶ Max. 34 kV

Spark plug connector▶ Max. 38 mJ

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

▶ Max. 2.0 kV/µs

Characteristic dwell times [ms]80 to 225 mm

Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

For this single fire coil the customer can define the lengthof the spark plug connector.

6V

5.9

11.4

8V

3.1

The P35-E has no integrated power stage and isdeveloped for use with ECUs that have integrated ignitiontransistors.

10 V

2.2

12 V

The P35-E is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter d =8mm or d = 10 mm.

14 V

The single fire coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness.

Application
Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

4.4

6.0

8.6

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

1.6

2.1

1.4

1.7

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

18 V

1.0

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V
22 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length≤ 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Dwell time

Bosch Engineering GmbH92 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of 8 or
10 mm.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
The coils with "-T", please only use with engine control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Spark energy

Dimensions

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 93

Ordering Information
P35 E8Integrated transistor; plug ceramic diameter
8 mm

F 02U V00 234-01

P35 E10Integrated transistor; plug ceramic diameter
10 mm

F 02U V00 439-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

2

Bosch Engineering GmbH94 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Single Fire Coil P35-TE
2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 2.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 34 kV

Spark current≤ 90 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.13 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 373

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Sumitomo

Mating connector

D 261 205 367

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Features

Pin 2

ECUGnd▶ 194 to 250 g

Pin 3

Ubatt

▶ Max. 34 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

▶ Max. 38 mJ

Spark plug connector▶ Max. 2.0 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

80 to 225 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt
For this single fire coil the customer can define the lengthof the spark plug connector.

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

5.9

11.4

The P35-TE has an integrated transistor for use with ECUs
that have ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.

8V

3.1

4.4

6.0

8.6

10 V

2.2

2.9

3.7

4.4

5.2

6.6

The P35-E is for spark plugs with ceramic diameter d =8mm oder d = 10 mm.

12 V

1.6

2.1

2.7

3.1

3.5

3.9

14 V

1.4

1.7

2.1

2.4

2.7

3.0

16 V

1.1

1.4

1.8

2.0

2.2

2.4

18 V

1.0

1.2

1.5

1.7

1.9

2.0

20 V

0.9

1.1

1.3

1.5

1.6

1.7

22 V

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

24 V

0.7

0.9

1.0

1.2

1.3

1.4

The single fire coil benefits from series production
ensuring robustness.

Application
Spark energy≤ 38 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length≤ 225 mm

Weight

194 to 250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 95

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
Please pay attention to your spark plug, if it has a ceramic diameter of 8 or
10 mm.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
The coils with "-T", please only use with engine control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Dwell time

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Spark energy

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

96 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P35 TE8

F 02U V00 234-01

Single Fire Coil P35 TE10

F 02U V00 439-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 97

Single Fire Coil P50

Mechanical Data
WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

pluggable

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

370 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

with spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact▶ 223 g / 265 g

Mating connector

D 261 205 335-01

Pin 1

ECU Ignition driver stage

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

▶ Max. 35 kV▶ Max. 50 mJ▶ Max. 3.0 kV/µs

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed for
direct mounting to the cylinder head. A high voltage
ignition wire can optionally be connected to thesecondary output terminal.
The mating ECU must have internal ignition power stages
for each single fire coil.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications.
This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.

Application

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10.0 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

30 V

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

Technical Specifications
Variations

Max. vibration
WeightP50

P50-M≤ 400 m/s2 at 5

to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s2 at 5
to 2,000 Hz

223 g

265 g

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Dwell time

Bosch Engineering GmbH

98 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kV

7A

37.5 mJ

103 ms

77 mA36.4 kV

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer at our homepage.

Spark energy

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Coil P50

0 221 504 001

Coil P50-M
Motorsport version, incl. Connector 1 354
489 085

F 02U V00 869-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 99

Single Fire Coil P100-T

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.7 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 110 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.9 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

2

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU Ignition driver stage

Features

Pin 2

ECUGnd▶ 353 gPin 3

EngineGnd▶ Max. 30 kV

Pin 4

Ubatt

▶ Max. 100 mJ

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

▶ Max. 1.7 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

The P100-T is a transistorized coil (integrated power stage
BIP 355) developed for engines needing immense sparkenergy and long spark duration. The integrated powerstage requires an ECU with ignition signal outputs in therange of 10 to 20 mA.
The coil is designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The coil benefits form series production ensuring
robustness and low cost.

Application
Spark energy≤ 100 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

6.8

10.4

16.8

7.0 A

8.0 A

8V

4.0

5.5

10 V

2.9

3.8

12 V

2.2

14 V

1.8

16 V
18 V

9.0 A

7.3

9.9

13.7

4.9

6.1

7.6

9.3

2.9

3.7

4.5

5.4

6.4

2.4

2.9

3.6

4.2

4.9

1.5

2.0

2.5

3.0

3.5

4.0

1.3

1.7

2.1

2.5

3.0

3.4

20 V

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.2.

2.6

2.9

22 V

1.0

1.3

1.6

2.0

2.3

2.6

24 V

0.9

1.2

1.5

1.8

2.0

2.3

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight353 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Dwell timewww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH100 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

29.8 mJ

1.07 ms

60 mA

24.9 kV

5A

44.2 mJ

1.3 ms

70 mA28.6 kV

6A

60 mJ

1.48 ms

80 mA

30.7 kV

7A

79.5 mJ

1.65 ms

95 mA

30.9 kV

8A

98.9 mJ

1.81 ms

110 mA

31 kV

9A

118 mJ

1.93 ms

125 mA

31 kV

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
The coil has an integrated power stage, only use with engine control units
with 10 to 20 mA current output driver.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Spark energy

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil P100-T

Bosch Engineering GmbH0 221 604 006

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 101

Single Fire Coil PS

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

570 kΩ

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 30 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

2

Suppression diode / EFU
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V) respectively BIP372

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ 189 g▶ Max. 30 kV

Connector

AMP C-O-28 44 25

Mating connector

D 261 205 350-01

Pin 1

ECU collector

Pin 2Engine Gnd

Pin 3

Ubatt

Pin 4

n.a.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

▶ Max. 42 mJ

Please specify the required wire length with your order▶ Max. 1.5 kV/µs

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.40

-

-

The PS has no integrated power stage and is developedfor use with ECUs that have integrated ignitiontransistors.

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting. It
is a basic concept for ignition applications.

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.

Application
Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140 °C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight

189 g

Mountingscrew fastening
Dwell timewww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH102 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
The coil PS-T is only for use with engine control units having current output drivers with 10 to 20 mA, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Spark energy

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS

Bosch Engineering GmbH0 221 504 460

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 103

Single Fire Coil PS-T

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

incapable of measurement

Secondary resistanceincapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

2

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ 202 g▶ Max. 27 kV

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

ECU ImpPin 2

ECU GndPin 3

Engine Gnd

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

▶ Max. 42 mJ

Please specify the required wire length with your order▶ Max. 1.5 kV/µs

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.40

-

-

The PS-T has an integrated transistor for use with ECUs
that have ignition power stages with 10 mA to 20 mA
current output.

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting. It
is a basic concept for ignition applications.

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

24 V

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed forcylinder head installation.

Application
Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range outer -20 to 140°C
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mountingscrew fastening

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Dwell time

Bosch Engineering GmbH

104 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

2

Installation Notes

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kV

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kV

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
The coil PS-T is only for use with engine control units having current output drivers with 10 to 20 mA, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Spark energy

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil PS-T

Bosch Engineering GmbH0 221 604 103

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 105

Single Fire Coil S16

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

16 mm

Weight48 gMounting

Pluggable / pressed

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

230 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 7.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 9 kV

Spark current≤ 460 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.113 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Ionic current signal

optional

Characteristic

Features

Measured with power stage▶ 50 gConnectors and Wires▶ Max. 25 kV

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU collector white

Pin 3

Engine GND black

This single fire coil was exclusively developed for the use
in high performance engines. It is designed to mountdirectly on the spark plug.

Pin 4

Optional ionic current signal screen
wire white

The coil optionally provides an ionic current
measurement.

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer
specification.

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 8 mm

▶ Max. 28 mJ▶ Max. 9.0 kV/µs

The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
12.0 A

15.0 A

18.0 A

20.0 A

25.0 A

30.0 A

6V

0.62

8V

0.307

0.469

0.786

10 V

0.209

0.291

0.401

0.509

0.158

0.214

0.280

0.335

0.529

1.400

Spark energy≤ 28 mJ

12 V

Primary current≤ 25 A

14 V

0.127

0.169

0.217

0.256

0.369

0.548

Operating temperature range outer 0 to 160°C
core

16 V

0.105

0.140

0.177

0.206

0.285

0.390

18 V

0.090

0.118

0.150

0.172

0.234

0.309

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

20 V

0.078

0.103

0.129

0.148

0.199

0.258

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

24 V

0.062

0.081

0.101

0.115

0.153

0.194

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

106 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Spark energy

Installation Notes

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
Please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S16

Bosch Engineering GmbH0 221 B00 111-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 107

Single Fire Coil S16-T

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

16 mm

Weight

50 g

Mounting

Pluggable / pressed

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 4 kV/µs

Provided high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 ≤ 22 kV
pF
Spark current≤ 375 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.145 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Integrated power stage
Ionic current signal

Featuresoptional

Characteristic▶ 50 g▶ Max. 22 kV

Measured with power stage▶ Max. 28 mJ

Connectors and Wires▶ Max. 4.0 kV/µs

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redThis single fire coil was exclusively developed for the use
in high performance engines. It is designed to mountdirectly on the spark plug.

Pin 2

ECU imp yellow

Pin 3

Engine GND blue

Pin 4

Engine GND black

The coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement
and an integrated ignition power stage.

Pin 5

Optional ionic current signal screen
wire white

The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer
specification.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 8 mm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Characteristic dwell times [ms]UbattApplication
Spark energy≤ 28 mJ

Primary current≤ 27 A

Operating temperature range outer 0 to 140°C
core

IGBT IRF5036S (Uce = 400 V)

I primary
18.0 A

20.0 A

10 V

0.484

0.664

22.0 A

25.0 A

12 V

0.322

14 V

0.245

27.0 A

0.394

0.488

0.747

0.291

0.343

0.443

0.546

30.0 A

16 V

0.198

0.233

0.268

0.330

0.382

0.493

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

18 V

0.166

0.192

0.220

0.265

0.301

0.363

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

20 V

0.143

0.164

0.186

0.222

0.246

0.294

24 V

0.112

0.128

0.144

0.169

0.188

0.216

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH108 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Spark energy

Dwell time

Installation Notes

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

Please only use with engine control units without integrated power stage.

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

Please find further application hints at our homepage.

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S16-T

Bosch Engineering GmbH0 221 B00 112-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 109

Single Fire Coil S19

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

18.5 mm

Weight

100 g

Mounting

Pluggable / pressed

2

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

200 mΩ

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 7.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 320 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.27 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU
Ionic current signal

optional

Characteristic

Features

Measured with power stage▶ 100 gConnectors and Wires▶ Max. 33 kV

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce = 600 V)

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU collector white

Pin 3

Engine GND black

This single fire coil was developed for the use in Formula
1 high performance engines. It is designed to mountdirectly on the spark plug.

Pin 4

Optional ionic current signal screen
wire whiteThis coil optionally provides an ionic current
measurement.

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

The design of the upper part (wire side) and the lower
part (spark plug side) can be designed per customer
specification.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

▶ Max. 34 mJ▶ Max. 7.5 kV/µs

The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Characteristic dwell times [ms]Ubatt

I primary
12 A

16.0 A

6V

0.7

1.4

20.0 A

22.0 A

8V

0.390

10 V

0.278

12 V

25.0 A

0.613

0.980

1.300

0.411

0.586

0.695

0.910

0.216

0.310

0.426

0.491

0.606

0.176

0.250

0.335

0.382

0.460

Spark energy≤ 34 mJ

14 V

Primary current≤ 25 A

16 V

0.148

0.208

0.276

0.313

0.371

Operating temperature range outer 0 to 160°C
core

24 V

0.084

0.119

0.157

0.175

0.208

27 V

0.077

0.107

0.139

0.155

0.180

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

30 V

0.068

0.094

0.122

0.136

0.157

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH110 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Spark energy

Dwell time

Installation Notes

Spark energy and provided high voltage

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

Please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition powerstage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

Please find further application hints at our homepage.

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kV

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil S19

Bosch Engineering GmbH0 221 B00 113-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 111

Single Fire Coil S22

Features

Technical Specifications
Variations
S22

S22-T

Primary resistance with wire

330 mΩ

Incapable ofmeasurement

Integrated power stage

-

+

Pin 2

ECU collector
white

ECU imp yellow

Pin 3

Engine GND
black

ECU GND blue

Pin 4

Optional ioniccurrent signal
screen cable
white

Engine GND
black

Pin 5

n.a.

Optional ioniccurrent signal
screen cable
white

Measured with powerstage

IGBT IRG4BC40S IGBT IRF5036S(Uce = 600 V)(Uce = 400 V)

Mechanical Data

▶ 150 g▶ Max. 25 kV▶ Max. 60 mJ▶ Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Diameter

22 mm

Weight

150 g

Mounting

Pluggable / pressed

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Please see Variations

This single fire coil was developed for the use in highperformance engines. It is designed to mount directly on
the spark plug.

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

This coil optionally provides an ionic current measurement
and an integrated ignition power stage. The design of theupper part (wire side) and the lower part (spark plugside) can be designed per customer specification.

Spark current≤ 300 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1 MΩ

≤ 0.43 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

Integrated power stage

Please see Variations

Ionic current signal

optional

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MΩ || 10 pF≤ 25 kV

Suppression diode / EFU

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Application

Please see Variations

Connectors and Wires

Spark energy≤ 60 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range outer Please see Variations
core
Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2Please see Variations

Pin 3

Please see Variations

Pin 4

Please see Variations

Pin 5

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 20/22

Wire length L

Max. 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH2

112 | Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils

2

Characteristic dwell times [ms]I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Ubatt

8A

43.3 mJ

1.11 ms

91 mA

34.5 kV

9A

47 mJ

1.15 ms

100 mA36.2 kVI primary
8.0 A

10.0 A

12.0 A

14.0 A

15.0 A

16.0 A

6V

1.76

2.61

4.61

8V

1.10

1.49

1.99

2.70

3.12

3.74

10 V

0.80

12 V

0.62

1.08

1.37

1.71

1.91

2.12

0.83

1.04

1.27

1.40

1.52

14 V
16 V

0.51

0.68

0.84

1.01

1.10

1.19

0.44

0.53

0.70

0.84

0.91

099

20 V

0.34

0.44

0.53

0.63

0.68

0.73

24 V

0.27

0.35

0.43

0.50

0.54

0.58

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistance must be
less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is to be verified
through current measurement

Hi voltage

Spark energy

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that full clamping
and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection between coil andspark plug.
For coils without "-T", please only use with engine control units with an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S.
The coils with "-T", please only use with engine control units without integrated power stages.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.

Dwell time

Operation with limit values of 16 A can reduce the life time of the ignitioncoil. In case of permanent operation please use 12 A. This will bring a
spark energy of 40 mJ.

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

4A

18 mJ

0.77 ms

50 mA

22 kV

5A

25.4 mJ

0.91 ms

62 mA

26.5 kV

6A

33.4 mJ

1 ms

74 mA

30.3 kV

7A

38.8 mJ

1.07 ms

83 mA

33 kV

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Please find further application hints at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Injection and Ignition | Ignition Coils | 113

Dimensions

2

Ordering Information
Coil S22

0 221 B00 115-01

Coil S22-T
Integrated transistor

0 221 B00 116-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH114 | Injection and Ignition | Spark Plugs

Spark Plugs
2

The engines of competition vehicles are exposed to highthermal stress because of running them at full load mostof the time.
Spark plugs for these operating conditions often haveprecious metal center electrodes (platinum, silver) and ashort insulator base. This causes very small heatabsorption and a good heat derivation through the centerelectrode.
Corresponding to the various fields of operations wemanufacture over 1400 different types of spark plugs in
production. You can get these standard spark plugs fromyour local Bosch-service and most spare parts dealers.
The range of products includes versions with various seatsand threads, thread lengths and electrode positions, thedesign parts air-gap, surface-gap and surface-air-gap
types. You can choose between versions with one to four
ground electrodes, the center electrode can be made fromvarious materials.
Moreover we offer special versions and small batches
which you should not hesitate asking for.

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

3

Starters and Alternators

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Starters

116

Alternators

119

Bosch Engineering GmbH116 | Starters and Alternators | Starters

Starter 1.4 kW

This starter is specially constructed for motorsportdemand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter, we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version. Further special
versions on request.

3

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibrationhigh protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,200 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Modul

2/11

Electrical Data

Features

Performance▶ 3,200 g

1.4 kW▶ Max. 150°C/290°F

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Starter 1.4 kW

Bosch Engineering GmbHon request

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Starters and Alternators | Starters | 117

Starter 1.7 kWThis starter is specially constructed for motorsportdemand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter, we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version. Further special
versions on request.

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibrationhigh protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,700 g

Revolutions

3,600 1/min

Transmission ratio

I 5.0

Features

Module2/11▶ 3,700 g

Electrical Data

▶ Max. 150°C/290°F

Performance

1.7 kW

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Starter 1.7 kW

www.bosch-motorsport.com

on request

Bosch Engineering GmbH3

118 | Starters and Alternators | Starters

Starter 2.0 kW

This starter is specially constructed for motorsportdemand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter, we offer it inclockwise and counter-clockwise version. Further special
versions on request.

3

Application
Max. temperature

150 °C

Vibrationhigh protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight

4,050 g

Revolutions

4,700 x 1/min

Transmission ratio

I5.0

Features

Module2/11▶ 4,050 g

Electrical Data

▶ Max. 150°C/290°F

Performance

2.0 kW

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Starter 2.0 kW

Bosch Engineering GmbHon request

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Starters and Alternators | Alternators | 119

Alternator B3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotor speed

18,000 rpm

Moment of inertia

22 kgcm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque

22 Nm

3

Electrical Data
Output voltage at 10 A

14.2 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor

internal

Cut-in-speed

3,000 1/min

Features

Characteristic▶ 4,800 g

Rpm [1/min]

IG [I] at 25 °C

IG [I] at 90 °C▶ 210 A

3,000

57

40

▶ Clockwise rotation

3,500

115

93

4,000

150

125

5,000

188

162

6,000

208

182

7,000

220

193

8,000

227

201

9,000

232

206

10,000237

210

11,000241

213

12,000243

215

14,000246

217

16,000249

219

18,000251

222

The B3 is a powerful 12 V alternator. It has a speciallywound stator, high current diodes and an extra finebalanced rotor.
The alternator and the appropriate regulator build asystem to generate electrical power by consuming
mechanical power, delivered by the combustion engine via
a belt driven pulley. The rotation of the pulley istransmitted to the rotor that generates a rotation current
in the stator. The rotating current (AC) is transformed
through the rectifier in direct current (DC). The regulator
controls the rotor current, and as consequence thealternator output through the B+ connection.

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

The main benefit of this alternator is the high power
output in a small low weight package. Furthermore it is
optimized concerning vibration endurance.

Application
Application

210 A

Max. ambient temperature

105 °C

Max. ambient temperature (shortterm)

120 °C

Rotating direction

Clockwisewww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

120 | Starters and Alternators | Alternators

Installation Notes
Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case. Ensurethat the case has a high current, low resistance connection to vehicle
ground.

3

Operating the alternator is only permitted with the installed regulator anda connected 12 V battery.
Output current specified at 6,000 rpm, 13.1 V, 25 °C inlet temperature
and alternator steady-state-temperature.
The excitation current can also be realized by an external lamp.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Alternator B3

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 02U V00 646-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Starters and Alternators | Alternators | 121

Alternator GCM1

Electrical Data
Rated current

110/130/140 A

Supply voltage

13.5 V

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Internal D+ resistor

only GCM1 140 A Nascar

Characteristic 110 A

Features▶ 3,400 to 4,800 g▶ 110 to 140 A▶ Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation
Characteristic 130 A
This alternator is modified for motorsport demand andsplash protected. The stator windings are handmade, therotor is extra fine balanced. The alternators are e.g. usedin Nascar. Clockwise and anticlockwise versions are
possible, modifications are available on request.

Application
Temperature range-30 to 90 °C

Vibrationhigh protection

Technical Specifications
Characteristic 140 A / Nascar

Mechanical Data
Case material

aluminium

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmDistance between mounting points 154 mm

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH3

122 | Starters and Alternators | Alternators

Installation Notes

3

An external cooling can contribute to increase theperformance. It will only be effective if the incoming air is
30 °Kelvin cooler than the ambient air. Otherwise, therestriction of the air flow will negate any cooling benefits.
If these conditions are met, the cooling air should be
distributed over the center axis at the rear of thealternator for optimal cooling. For the cooling air to beeffective we must be sure that we do not encounter any

vacuum effects. If there is a vacuum effect present the useof external blower fan will be required. Care should betaken that no excessive external contaminants are
introduced into the cooling air stream. This could severely
short the alternator service life. It would be prudent toperform comparative measurements on the alternator todetermine the effectiveness of the external cooling air.
Installation without rubber mounting.

Dimensions

Design 110/ 130 /140 A

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Starters and Alternators | Alternators | 123

3

Design 140 A Nascar

Ordering Information
110 A anticlockwise rotation

B 261 208 606-02

110 A clockwise rotation

B 261 208 607-03

130 A anticlockwise rotation

B 261 208 604-02

130 A clockwise rotation

B 261 208 605-02

140 A anticlockwise rotation

F 01E B01 857-02

140 A clockwise rotation

B 261 208 603-02

140 A Nascar clockwise rotation

F 02U V00 004-05

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

4

Sensorswww.bosch-motorsport.com

Absolute Position Sensor

126

Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

128

Gear Shift Sensors

138

Knock Sensors

141

Lambda Sensors

145

Linear Potentiometers

153

Pressure Sensors Air

173

Pressure Sensors Differential

186

Pressure Sensors Fluid

191

Rotary Potentiometers

215

Speed Sensors

235

Temperature Sensors

260

Temperature Sensors Infrared

280

Thermocouple Probes284

Wire Potentiometers

290

Bosch Engineering GmbH

126 | Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor

Absolute Position Sensor
APS-C

CAN refresh rate

700 HzSignal revolution

0.703152°

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Fixation

3 x M5

SealingO-ringWeight w/o wire

39 g

Size w/o wire

See Dimensions

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply(6.5) 10 to 17 V

Current

70 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-03-05PB-HE

Features

Mating connector

ASL 0-03-05SB-HE▶ 0 to 360°

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CAN+

Pin 4

CAN-

Pin 5

Calibration pin

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

This sensor is designed to measure the absolute angular
position of a still standing or rotating shaft.
The device uses Hall sensor technology to detect themagnetic flux density distribution of a magnet which ismounted frontal on the shaft. The absolute angle position
value from the sensor is transmitted over CAN. The sensor
can be calibrated and configured with hard- and softwaretools.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a contactless measuring principal, a wide
temperature range and a motorsport connector.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The sensor is designed to measure the absolute angle of the camshaft e.g.
quick start application.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (1 MBaud).

Application

The unit is secure from miss-pinning.

Measuring range

0 to 360°

Measuring principle

Hall-effectAngle reference typeabsolute

Max. vibration

5000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-40 to 120 °C

Operating temperature range-40 to 120 °C

Communication link

CAN

Application tool

EM-C or RaceCon

Signal output

CAN

CAN Baud rate

1 Mbaud

Before the first operation, the sensor has to be calibrated. Please connect
the calibration pin to 12 V.
To meet the specifications and to avoid errors, the distance between sensor and the magnet has to be less than 2 mm.
To avoid measurement errors, the eccentricity between sensor and magnet has to be as small as possible (< 0.3 mm).
To change the CAN-ID of the sensor, it can be programmed by the external
CAN module EM-C.
The angle position value can be set to zero via the external CAN module
EM-C or by using the calibration pin.
Please note that for a correct functionality of the sensor a magnet with amaterial remanence of 1.03 Tesla is needed (not included, available on
request).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Absolute Position Sensor | 127

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 086-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

128 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Acceleration Sensor
AM 600-2

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offse t2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ ± 4.5 g▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigx

Pin 4

Sigy

Pin 5

Scr

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects oflateral acceleration in two axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

In order to achieve this, the sensor features two
measuring elements for acceleration, in two integrated
circuits. The sensing element consists of a micro
machined sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing
for high precision measurement applications.

Installation Notes

The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

The AM 600-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing www.bosch-motorsport.com

Application
Measuring range

x, y ±4.5 g

Max. vibration

5000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105 °C

Operating temperature range-40 to 85 °C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

30 g

Size

24 x 27 x 13.5 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 Nm

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 129

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 311-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH130 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Acceleration Sensor
AM 600-3

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

6V

Full scale output

2.5 = 0 g; 440 mV/g

Supply current

7 mA

Supply current max.

12 mA

Characteristic

4

Sensitivity

440 mV/g

Offset2,500 mV at 0 g

Tolerance of sensitivity±3%

Non-linearity of sensitivity±2%

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ ± 4.5 g▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigy

Pin 4

Sigx

Pin 5

Sigz

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects oflateral acceleration in three axes (e.g. for analysis ofacceleration and deceleration behavior of race cars).

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

In order to achieve this, the sensor features threemeasuring elements for acceleration, in three integrated
circuits. The sensing element consists of a micro
machined sensor chip and an evaluation ASIC – allowing
for high precision measurement applications.

Installation Notes

The main benefits of this high performance coil are its
robustness in hard racing applications and high energy
efficiency.

The AM 600-3 can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixed hole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing www.bosch-motorsport.com

Application
Measuring range

x, y, z ±4.5 g

Max. vibration

5000 m/s2 in operation

Storage temperature range-55 to 105°C

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

50 g

Size

24 x 27 x 29.8 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 Nm

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 131

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 313-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

132 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

200 mA

Power up time

< 150 ms

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174

4

Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate

1
2

Yaw STAT

3

Reserved

4

Acc Y

5
6

AccY STAT

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features▶ ± 163°/s

Byte

Value

0

Roll Rate1▶ ± 4.1 g

2Roll STAT▶ Connector AMP 114-18063-076

3Reserved

4

Acc X

5
This sensor is designed to measure the acceleration andthe rate of turn in two axis (yaw rate Wz, roll rate Wx,
lateral acceleration ay and longitudinal acceleration az).
An internal diagnosis indicates too high vibrations orturning rates.In combination with a MS 5 ECU and its
algorithm a very precise lean angle of motorcycles can becalculated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud CAN- signal
output and the combination of high quality production
part and robust design.

Application
Application I±163 °/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.1 g (X and Y acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85 °C

6AccX STAT

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range± 160 °/s

Overrange limit± 1,000 °/s

Absolute resolution

0.1 °/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Characteristic 2
Characteristic Application I I
Measuring range±4.1 gOverrange limit±10 g

Absolute resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector

F 02U B00 240-01

Technical Specifications

Pin 1

GND

Mechanical Data

Pin 2

CANL

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBAT

Weight w/o wire

96 g

Size

33 x 98 x 91 mm

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 133

CAN Parameters

Installation Notes

Byte order

Little endian, high-byte/low-byte, IntelCAN speed

1 MBaud

CAN refresh rate

10 ms

Identifier length

11 bitBit mask

signedThe lean angle of motorcycles can be calculated in a MS 5 with motorcycle
functionality.

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Quantisation Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Quantisation Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantisation Acc X-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.

Quantisation Acc Y-Axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Important: In order not to exceed the maximum vibration level, the mountshould be damped and not resonate.
For measuring the yaw and roll rate the LAS-1 can be connected directly
to most control units and data logging systems.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Conversion formula
Yaw rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]
Roll rate [°/s] = (Hex-value – 8000 h) * 0.005 [°/s/digit]

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Lean Angle Sensor LAS-1

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 657-02

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

134 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Ride Height Sensor RHS

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 to 24 V

Response time

5 ms

Input current< 40 mA

Characteristic

4

Signal output

0,25 to 4,75 V

Output current

500 µA (analog output)

Alarm output

PNP (200 mA)

Resolution

0,5 to 1 mm

Linearity

1 % FSLight sourceIRMax. allowed ambient light< 10,000 lux

Wave length

660 nmConnectors and Wires

Features▶ 60 to 140 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

USupply

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

This sensor is designed to measure the distance to theground.

Various military and automotive connectors on request.
SleeveDR-25

To enable very precise measurement the sensor utilizes
infrared measuring technology.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a durable, high quality production part
design with a military spec connector.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The RHS can be connected directly to most control units and data logging
systems.

Application
Application

60 to 140 mm

The measurable range of the sensor is 60 to 140 mm.

Operating temperature range-10 to 60 °C

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Sensor should only be mounted via the integrated mounting hole.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

105 g

Size

75 x 33 x 18 mm

Housingplastic, fibreglass

Protection class

IP 67

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Further application hints can be found in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 135

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Ride Height Sensor RHS

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 674

Bosch Engineering GmbH

136 | Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors

Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

65 g

Size

30 x 80 x 84 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

130 mACAN speed

1 Mbaud/s

CAN Message
CAN_ID_01 0x70
Byte

Value

0

Yaw Rate 1

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y Axis

Features5▶ ± 160°/s

6Reserved▶ ± 4.1 g

7Unused▶ Connector AMP 114-18063-076

CAN_ID_02 0x80

This sensor is designed to measure the physical effects ofyawing, lateral and longitudinal acceleration. In order toachieve this, the sensor features both a measuring
element for yaw rate and two for acceleration, with one
appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotation around the third orthogonal axis, a yaw rate,
creates a Coriolis force on the accelerometers, which isdetected by the element. Apart from the measuring
element for yaw rate, a pure surface micromachined
measuring element for acceleration is utilised to measure
the vehicles lateral and longitudinal acceleration. This
enables a very precise application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is its widemeasuring range, the standardized 1 Mbaud/s CAN-signal
output and the combination of high quality production
part and robust design.

Byte

Value

0

Yaw Angular Acceleration

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc X Axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I
Measuring range±160 °/s

Overrange limit±1,000 °/s

Absolute resolution

0.1 °/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Characteristic
Characteristic Application I I

Application

Measuring range±4.1 gOverrange limit±10 g±160 °/s

Absolute resolution

0.01 gApplication II±4.1 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz

Operating temperature range-40 to 85 °C

Connectors and Wires

Application I

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sigy

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Dynamic Vehicle Sensors | 137

Pin 4

Sigx

Wire size

AWG 24

Pin 5

Sigz

Wire length

15 to 100 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleevePlease specify the required wire length with your order.

DR-25

Installation Notes
The YRS 3 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.

4

The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 265 005 838

Bosch Engineering GmbH138 | Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

90 g

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M10 x 1

Tightening torque22 Nm

Mech. range programmable up to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles at 300 N

300,000 cycles

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic

Features

Signal Output

0,5 to 4,5 V

Zero Output

2,5 V▶ programmable up to 450 N

Connectors and Wires▶ 90 gConnector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed to measure force relative to gear
shifting in order to control the engine operation allowing
the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full throttle during
shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier
supply a force dependent output voltage signal. As soon
as this signal exceeds a certain threshold value in the
ECU, the ignition and injection can be adjusted
automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of high quality production part and robust
design with metal housing and motorsport spec
connection. Furthermore this sensor has a dual way
functionality.

Application

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

450

4.673

360

4.225

270

3.797

180

3.397

90

2.941

0

2.538

Measuring range-450 to 450 N

-90

2.141

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

-180

1.672

Operating temperature range

0 to 80 °C

-270

1.255

-360

0.820

-450

0.402

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors | 139

Installation Notes
The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 227-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

140 | Sensors | Gear Shift Sensors

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M

Application
Measuring range-1000 to 1000 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80 °C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Size

51 x 36 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M6Tightening torque

22 Nm

Fmax

±1,000 N

Mech. load limit±3,000 N

Electrical Data
Power supply

Features

12 V

Characteristic▶ - 1,000 ... 1,000 N▶ 30 g▶ Connector ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

Signal output

0.2 to 4.8 V

Zero output(20 to 70 °C) 2.5 V ±100 mV

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU 0-03-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

An electronic circuit composed of a precise strain gauge
and an integrated amplifier supplies a force-dependent
output signal. As soon as this signal exceeds a certain
threshold, the ignition and injection can be adjusted
automatically according to the individual ECU application.
The carbon fibre housing achieves excellent protection for
the electronics and reduces the overall weight of thesensor.

Pin 5

Scr

The main features and benefits of this sensor are its small
dimensions, its minimal weight, its precise temperaturecompensation and its combination of high quality
production and robust design with a motorsport spec
connector.

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

This sensor is specifically designed for the use withmotorcycle applications. The sensor measures the relative
force during gear shifting directly relaying data to the ECU
in order to gain max power from rapid up or down
shifting.

Installation Notes
The GSS-M can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 02U V00 354-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Knock Sensors | 141

Knock Sensor KS-P

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

Protection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime) -17 %Features▶ Connector Y 280 A62 566A

Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence of sensi- 0,06 mV/g °C
tivityCapacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wires
This sensor is used for detecting structural born
vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled
combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in
extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined
directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanicaldesign, compact housing and precise determination of
structure-related noise. The small packaging isaccomplished by integrating the connector directly to thesensor.

Connector

Y 280 A62 566A

Connector loom

D 261 205 337

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock
control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide
a secure flush mounting.
The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration can occur.

Application
Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

142 | Sensors | Knock Sensors

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS-P

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 261 231 120

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Knock Sensors | 143

Knock Sensor KS-R

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

1 to 20 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime) -17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 20 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 25 kHz

Impedance> 1 MΩ

Temperature dependence of sensi- 0,06 mV/g °C
tivityCapacity field

800 to 1400 pF

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Connector A 261 230 076

This sensor is used for detecting structural born
vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled
combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in
extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor moves
in correlation to the engine block vibration; this motion
results in a compressive force which is converted into a
voltage signal via a piezoceramic sensor element. As aresult, upper and lower voltage thresholds can be defined
directly correlating to an acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanicaldesign, compact housing and precise determination of
structure-related noise. Connection to this sensor can be
tailored to customer requirements through specified wire
lengths and various connector options.

Connector

A 261 230 076

Mating connector

D 261 205 289

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

50 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The KS-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock
control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide
a secure flush mounting.
The sensor wire is to be routed such that no resonance vibration can occur.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Application
Application

1 to 20 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

Protection

IP 54

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

144 | Sensors | Knock Sensors

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS-R

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 261 231 047

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 145

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peak lev- 1,000 m/s2el)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

9V

Heater power steady state

10 W

Heater control frequency>2 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

80 OhmFeaturesMax. current load for Nernst cell10(DC)/250(AC) μA▶ Wide-band, 600 mm length

Characteristic▶ Connector Y 928 K00 050

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy at Lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at Lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines(gasoline or Diesel).

Accuracy at Lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.2 is a planar ZrO2

Connector

Y 928 K00 050

dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Its
monotonic output signal in the range of Lambda 0.65 toair makes the LSU capable of being used as a universal
sensor for Lambda 1 measurement as well as for other
Lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of thesensor. The LSU operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs.

Mating connector

D 261 205 138

Pin 1

IP/APE

Pin 2

UN/RE

Pin 3

VM/IPN

Pin 4

Uh-/H-

Pin 5

Uh+/H

Pin 6

IA/RT

The main benefit of the LSU is the very robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality
standard.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Connectors and Wires

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
Application

The LSU 4.2 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs.

Application

Lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)

930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.)< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 570°C

Cable and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 120°C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust -gas mixture, which does not exceed
the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that the
influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leak -air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

146 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating thethread.
Please find further installation notes in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 258 006 065

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 147

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Connector temperature< 140 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration (stochastic peak lev- < 1,000 m/s2el)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

4

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Features

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

▶ Wide band

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell300 Ω▶ Connector AS 6-07-35PN / 1 928 404 687

Max current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines(gasoline or Diesel).

Accuracy at Lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

The wide band Lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar ZrO2

IP

UA [V]

Lambdadual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Its
monotonic output signal in the range of Lambda 0.65 toair makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal
sensor for Lambda 1 measurement as well as for other
Lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of thesensor. The LSU 4.9 operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs andLambda control units like LT4.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality
standard.

Application

Accuracy at Lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at Lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

-1.243

0.192

0.750

-0.927

0.525

0.800

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

0

1.500

1.003

0.015

1.515

1.010

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

0.671

2.206

1.429

0.938

2.487

1.701

1.150

2.710

1.990

1.385

2.958

2.434

1.700

3.289

3.413

Application

Lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 barExhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930 °C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.)< 1,030 °C

2.000

3.605

5.391

Hexagon temperature< 600 °C

2.150

3.762

7.506

Wire and protective sleeve temper- < 250 °C
ature

2.250

3.868

10.119www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH148 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

Please see ordering information

Mating connector

Please see ordering information

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

32.5 cm

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that the
influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating thethread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.bosch-motorsport.com

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed
the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Connector 1 928 404 687, Mating connector
D 261 205 356-01

0 258 017 025

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Connector AS 6-07-35PN, Mating connector
AS 0-07-35SN

B 261 209 358-03

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 149

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D

Wire and protective sleeve temper- < 250 °C
ature
Connector temperature< 140 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration (stochastic peak lev- < 1,000 m/s2el)Technical Specifications

4

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

120 g

Length84 mm

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

Features

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V▶ Lambda control for Diesel

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

▶ Wide band
▶ Connector 1 928 404 682

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 ΩMax current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines.
Due to its protective tube the LSU 4.9D is especiallydesigned for Diesel applications.

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy at lambda = 1.016

1.016 ±0.007

Accuracy at lambda = 0.8

0.80 ±0.01

Accuracy at lambda = 1.7

1.70 ±0.05

The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9D is a planar ZrO2

IP

UA [V]

Lambdadual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Its
monotonic output signal in the range of Lambda = 0.65 toair makes the LSU capable of being used as an universal
sensor for Lambda = 1 measurement as well as for other
Lambda ranges. The connector module contains a
trimming resistor, which defines the characteristic of thesensor. The LSU operates only in combination with a
special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs andLambda control units like LT4.
The main benefit of the LSU is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality
standard.

Application-1.243

0.192

0.750

-0.927

0.525

0.800

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

0

1.500

1.003

0.015

1.515

1.010

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

Application

Lambda 0.65 to ∞

0.671

2.206

1.429

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

0.938

2.487

1.701

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 bar

1.150

2.710

1.990

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930 °C

1.385

2.958

2.434

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.)< 1,030 °C

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

Hexagon temperature< 600 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

150 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119Connectors and Wires

The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.

Connector 1 928 404 687

Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any otherforms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating thethread.

Mating connector 09 4421 01

4

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that the
influence of the outside air can be ruled out.

Pin 1

IP / APE

Pin 2

VM / IPN

Pin 3

Uh- / H-

Pin 4

Uh+ / H

Pin 5

IA / RT

Pin 6

UN / RE

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Wire length L

30 to 100 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LSU 4.9D can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs andlambda control units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at a point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does not exceed
the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 281 004 135

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Lambda Sensors | 151

Lambda Sensor MiniLSU 4.9

Connector temperature< 150 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration (stochastic peak lev- < 1,000 m/s2el)Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 gLength60 mm

Thread

M16x1.5

Wrench size

17 mmTightening torque

60 Nm

4

Electrical Data

Features▶ Wide band
▶ Connector 1 928 404 682

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+ (min)10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst cell

300 OhmMax. current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
This sensor is designed to measure the oxygen content
and Lambda value of exhaust gases in automotive engines(gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range ofLambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capable of being
used as an universal sensor for Lambda = 1 measurement
as well as for other Lambda ranges. The connector
housing contains a trimming resistor, which defines thecharacteristic of the sensor. The Mini-LSU 4.9 operates
only in combination with a special LSU-IC, used in most
Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units likeLT4.
The main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact
design in combination with the high quality Boschproduction quality standard.

Application

Signal output

Ip meas / Ua (AWS)

Accuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP

UA [V]

Lambda-1.243

0.192

0.750

-0.927

0.525

0.800

-0.800

0.658

0.822

-0.652

0.814

0.850

-0.405

1.074

0.900

-0.183

1.307

0.950

-0.106

1.388

0.970

-0.040

1.458

0.990

0

1.500

1.003

0.015

1.515

1.010

0.097

1.602

1.050

0.193

1.703

1.100

0.250

1.763

1.132

0.329

1.846

1.179

Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞

0.671

2.206

1.429

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

0.938

2.487

1.701

Exhaust gas pressure< 4 bar

1.150

2.710

1.990

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930 °C

1.385

2.958

2.434

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.)< 1,030 °C

1.700

3.289

3.413

2.000

3.605

5.391

Hexagon temperature< 1,050 °C

2.150

3.762

7.506

2.250

3.868

10.119Wire and protective sleeve temper- < 250 °C
ature

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

152 | Sensors | Lambda Sensors

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

1 928 404 682

Connector loom

09 4421 01

Pin 1

IP

Pin 2

VM

Pin 3

Uh-

Pin 4

Uh+

Pin 5

RT

Pin 6

UN

Sleevefiber glas / silicone coated

Wire size

AWG 22

Wire length L

30 to 100 cm

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, so that the
influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system upstand and surrounding the sensor must be sealedin order to avoid the effects of leakage air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not to be
painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only
the recommended grease for lubricating the thread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The Mini-LSU 4.9 can be connected to most Bosch Motorsport ECUs andLambda Control Units like LT4.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits the measurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wire upwards).

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 258 490 103-20

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 153

Linear Potentiometer
LP 10

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 gMin. length

50 mm

Mounting

2 x M3Tightening torque

2 NmElectrical Data
Power supply

5V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

1 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Connector loom

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Features

Pin 1

US

▶ Suspension travel

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm▶ 0 to 10 mm▶ Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

The LP 10 is a short length linear potentiometer which isdesigned to measure the relative position of two point e.g.
the stabilizer movement.

Installation Notes

Its operating mode is based on the linear tapepotentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.

The LP 10 can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.

The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with a hard metal housing and low power
consumption.

Comes with a spring return shaft.

Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Application
Application

0 to 10 mm

Temperature range-20 to 85 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

154 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 10

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 535-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 155

Linear Potentiometer
LP 25

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Min. length

147 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Gear/throttle position, suspension travel▶ 0 to 25 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05PA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
The LP 25 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Its operating mode is based on the linear tapepotentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.

Installation Notes

The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing
and low power consumption.

The LP 25 can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.
Optional mounting modifications are available.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Comes with a spring return shaft.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

4

156 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 25

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 547

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 157

Linear Potentiometer
LP 25 twin

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

60 gMin. length

95 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

22 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Features

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN▶ Pedal travel

Pin 1

US 1

▶ 0 to 25 mm

Pin 2

Gnd 1

▶ Connector AS 6-07-35PN

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

The LP 25 twin is a linear potentiometer which isdesigned to measure the relative position of two point e.g.
the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control
systems.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tapepotentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing,
low power consumption and infinite resolution.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 25 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure system runs
failsafe.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Application
Application

0 to 25 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

158 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 858

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 159

Linear Potentiometer
LP 50

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

27 gMin. length

172 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP64

Max. shaft velocity

1.5 m/sec

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

5V

Power supply max.

42 V

Nominal resistance

4.7 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

20 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Max. current

1 mA

Connectors and Wires▶ Suspension travel

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

Mating connector

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

The LP 50 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

▶ 0 to 50 mm▶ Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN

The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing,
low power consumption and infinite resolution.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 50 can be connected directly to the most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.

Application

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-40 to 105 °C

Storage temperature range-55 to 125 °C

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 at 10 to 500 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

160 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 50

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 133-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 161

Linear Potentiometer
LP 50 twin

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

66 gMin. length

120 mmMounting

Ø 3 mmProtection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity< 10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

< 45 V

Nominal resistance2 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.25 %

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Features

Connector loom

AS 0-07-35SN▶ Pedal travel

Pin 1

US 1

▶ 0 to 50 mm

Pin 2

Gnd 1

▶ Connector AS 6-07-35PN

Pin 3

Sig 1

Pin 4

US 2

Pin 5

Gnd 2

Pin 6

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

The LP 50 twin is a linear potentiometer which isdesigned to measure the relative position of two point e.g.
the gear position, throttle position or suspension
movement and for use in electronic throttle control
systems.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

It works base on the linear tape potentiometer principle
where the distance traveled between the moving end to
the wiper is proportional to the resistance between them.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing,
low power consumption and infinite resolution.

Installation Notes
The LP 50 twin can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Application where redundant signals are necessary to ensure system runs
failsafe.

Application

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

162 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 859-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 163

Linear Potentiometer
LP 75

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

The LP 75 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24Its operating mode is based on the linear tapepotentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.

Features▶ Suspension travel▶ 0 to 75 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with hard metal housing and low power
consumption.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.
Ball joints at shaft end and case.

Application

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH

4

164 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 75

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 856

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 165

Linear Potentiometer
LP 75F

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

78 gMin. length

223.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

67 V

Nominal resistance3 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Suspension travel▶ 0 to 75 mm▶ Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

The LP 75F is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
The operating mode of this sensor is based on the linear
tape potentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Mating connector

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The LP 75F can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

166 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 852-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 167

Linear Potentiometer
LP 100Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length284.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP66

Max. shaft velocity

10 m/sec

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Power supply

5V

Connectors and Wires▶ Suspension travel

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

The LP 100 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two points e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Its operating mode is based on the linear tapepotentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm▶ 0 to 100 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing,
low power consumption and infinite resolution.

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 100 can be connected directly with most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-30 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12kHz

Application

0 to 100 mm

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Ball joints at shaft end and case.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

168 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 100

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 857-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 169

Linear Potentiometer
LP 100F

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 gMin. length248.6 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

74 V

Nominal resistance4 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Suspension travel▶ 0 to 100 mm▶ Connector KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

The LP 100F is a linear potentiometer which is designed
to measure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.
Its operating mode is based on the linear tapepotentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.
The advantage of this LP is its compact and lightweight
design together with its wider operating temperature
range.

Connector

KPSE 6E8-33P-DN-A34

Connector loom

KPSE 0E8-33S-DN

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The LP 100F can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-30 to 85 °C

Max. vibration

126 m/s2 at 10 to 12 kHz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

170 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 100F

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 853-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Linear Potentiometers | 171

Linear Potentiometer
LP 150Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

118 gMin. length

282 mmMounting

2 x M5Tightening torque

10 Nm

Protection

IP65

Max. shaft velocity

1 m/sec

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

130 V

Nominal resistance

6 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.15 %

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

The LP 150 is a linear potentiometer which is designed tomeasure the relative position of two point e.g. the gear
position, throttle position or suspension movement.

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24Its operating mode is based on the linear tapepotentiometer principle where the distance travelled
between the moving end to the wiper is proportional to
the resistance between them.

Wire length L

15 to 25 cm▶ Suspension travel▶ 0 to 150 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

The advantage of this LP is its precise and compact
design with an anodised aluminium cylindrical housing,
low power consumption and infinite resolution

Various motorsports and automotive connectors on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The LP 150 can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.

Application

Ball joints at shaft end and case.

Application

0 to 150 mm

Temperature range-40 to 85 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.
www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

172 | Sensors | Linear Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Linear Potentiometer LP 150

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 534

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 173

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B

Technical Specifications
Variations

Max. vibration

PSA-B (0.1 to
1.15bar)

PSA-B (0.2 to 2.50
bar)

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz

125 m/s2 at 440 Hz

Tolerance (FS) at US = ± 0.016 bar
5V± 0.034 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.39 %± 1.36 %Sensitivity

4,040 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-4.8 mV

30.4 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US▶ Ambient/Airbox pressure / Crank case pressure

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA▶ 0.1 to 1.15 bar / 0.2 to 2.5 bar▶ Connector ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

4.75 to 5.25 V

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure,especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel
engines.

Compensated range

10 to 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronic systems for signal-amplificationand temperature-compensation. The output of the sensor
is an analog, ratiometric signal.

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar

Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to 1.15
bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high quality production part andmotorsport connector.

Application
Application

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

Please see variations

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

174 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

4

Installation Notes
The PSA-B is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.

Expansion of Tolerance

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (ｰ = 2 ms) is
recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Dimensions

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 175

Ordering Information
PSA-B
0.1 to 1.15 bar

B 261 209 702-01

PSA-B
0.2 to 2.5 bar

B 261 209 710-01

Adapter for PSA-B

B 261 209 725-01

4

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH176 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSA-C (0.2 to
1.05bar))

4

PSA-C (0.2 to 2.50
bar)Tolerance (FS) at US = ± 0.017 bar
5V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.62 %± 1.68 %Sensitivity

5,000 mV/bar

1,532 mV/bar

Offset-600 mV

724 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

6 mm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Electrical Data

Features▶ Ambient/Airbox pressure / Crank case application

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA▶ 0.2 to 1.05 bar / 0.2 to 2.5 bar

Characteristic▶ Connector Bosch Jetronic

Response time T10/90

10 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure,especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel
engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. Air pressure is supplied to thesensor via a tube connector.The output of the sensor is ananalog, ratiometric signal.

Tolerance 0.2 to 1.05 bar

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of the high quality of the production part anda low price.

Application
Application

Please see ordering informations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Media temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Tolerance 0.2 to 2.50 bar

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 177

Expansion of Tolerance

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The PSA-C is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.
Avoid liquid entering the measuring cell.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (ｰ = 2 ms) is
recommended.

Connectors and Wires

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 289

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSA-C
0.2 to 1.05 bar

0 261 230 037

PSA-C
1.05 to 2.50 bar

0 281 002 389

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

178 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12,05 mm

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Features

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.028 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

2236 mV/bar▶ Boost pressure(an individual calibration sheet will
be delivered)▶ 0.1 to 2.0 bar▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Offset

176 mV(an individual calibration sheet will
be delivered)

Tolerance
This sensor is designed for precise measurements ofabsolute air pressure, especially the air box and boostpressure of gasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is ananalog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of the high quality of the production part andan individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement
tolerances.
Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.1 to 2.0 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

280 m/s2 at 200 Hz, 125 m/s2 at
440 Hz sineBosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 179

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

The PSB-2 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.

Pin 1-

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (tau = 2 ms)
is recommended.

Pin 4

US

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).

Pin 5

-

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire Size

AWG 24

Wire Length L

15 to 100 cm

To optimise the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration data
sheet is delivered with each sensor.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 337

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

180 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Features

0.2 msCompensated range

0 to 80 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1142 mV/bar▶ Boost pressure(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)▶ 0 to 4.0 bar▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Offset71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Tolerance
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure,especially the air box and boost pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is ananalog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of the high quality of the production part andan individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with acalibration sheet to enable very small measurement
tolerances. Furthermore the sensor has a very short
response time.
Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.5 to 4 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Media temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 181

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 andDiesel.

Pin 1-

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Pin 2

GND

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).

Pin 3

SIG

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

Pin 4

US

Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.

Pin 5

-

To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration sheet isdelivered with each sensor.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 348-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

182 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

17 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Features

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar▶ Boost pressure

Offset96 mV▶ 0.2 to 3.0 bar

Tolerance▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure,especially the air box pressure of gasoline or Diesel
engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element and an electronic for signal-amplification andtemperature compensation. The output of the sensor is ananalog, ratiometric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high quality production part andmotorsport connector.
Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125 °C

Media temp. range-40 to 125 °C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm to 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 to 200 to 500 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 183

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-H

The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.

Pin 1

-

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (ｰ = 2 ms) is
recommended.

Pin 4

US

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).

Pin 5

-

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSP

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 690-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

184 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air

Pressure Sensor Air PST

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

18 mm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic Application 1
Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.39 %Features

Sensitivity

4,047 mV/bar▶ Ambient air and temperature

Offset-4.76 mV

▶ 0.1 to 1.15 bar

Tolerance▶ Connector Bosch Compact

This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure
and air temperature, especially the air box pressure ofgasoline or Diesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive sensor
element, electronics for signal-amplification andtemperature-compensation. The output of the sensor is ananalog, ratiometric signal. An NTC resistance is used fortemperature measurements.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (air pressure and air temperature) in one
housing. A further benefit of the PST is the high quality ofthe series part at a low price.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125 °C

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125 °C

Media temp. range-40 to 125 °C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz
sineBosch Engineering GmbH

Characteristic Application 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462-10

9,397

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Air | 185

0

5,896

Connectors and Wires

10

3,792

Connector

Bosch Compact

20

2,500

Mating connector

D 261 205 336

25

2,057

Pin 1

Gnd

30

1,707

Pin 2

NTC

40

1,175

Pin 3

US

50

834

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

60

596

Pin 5

-

70

436

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

80

323

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

The PST is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22 and Diesel.

Resistance at 20 °C

2.5 kOhm

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Tolerance

5%

Response time ｰ 63

45 s at air ; v = 6 m/s

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter (ｰ = 2 ms) is
recommended.

Installation Notes

For the temperature measurement, a 1 kOhm pull-up at 5 V is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PST

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 261 230 022

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

186 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential

Pitot Static Tube PT

The pitot tube PT is designed to measure the vehicle
speed relative to the surrounding air. Its main applicationis the aerodynamic car setup. The pitot static tube
consists basically of two concentric tubes. The ellipsoidal
nose form has a single forward facing hole for sensing
total pressure and a ring of side holes for sensing thestatic pressure. Measuring the difference of bothpressures (see Bosch different pressure sensor), thevelocity related to the air can be calculated

4Technical Specifications
Weight50 g

Height

150 mmDimensions

Ordering Information
Pitot Static Tube PT

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 700-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential | 187

Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

2 x M3Fitting

4.5 mmInstallation torque2 Nm

Weight w/o wire

58 g

Size

37 x 29 x 19 mm

Pressure port

5 mmElectrical Data
Power supply US

4.8 to 15 V

Max. power supply US max.

15 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

0.1 msCompensated range

0 to 50°C

Thermal effects at 0 to 50°C rel. to 0.1 % FS/°C
25°C

FeaturesNon-linearity and hysteresis▶ 0 to 0.1 bar differential▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

This sensor is designed to measure the relative pressureof non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases e.g. dry air.

0.1 % FSLong term stability (1 Mio cyc. or 1 ± 0.2 % FS
year)
Sensitivity

40,000 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

The sensor has two pressure connections for differential
pressure measurements. A typical application is themeasurement of air speed by using a pitot tube.

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust
design with metal housing and motorsport connector.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Application
Application

0 to 0.1 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

1,4 barOperating temp. range-20 to 70°C

Media temp. range-20 to 70°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2, 10 to 500 Hz

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases, such as dry air and drygases.
The DP-A can be connected directly to most control units.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
For a correct functionality be sure that the range of supplied pressure P2>= P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System on our website.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

188 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 696

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential | 189

Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

2 x M2.5

Fitting

2.6 mmInstallation torque2 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24 g

Size

35 x 25 x 19 mm

Pressure port

5 mmElectrical Data
Power supply US

4.8 to 15 V

Max. power supply US max.

15 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

0.1 msCompensated range

0 to 50°C

Thermal effects at 0 to 50°C rel. to 0.1 % FS/°C
25°C

FeaturesNon-linearity and hysteresis▶ 0 to 0.1 bar differential▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

This sensor is designed to measure the relative pressureof non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases e.g. dry air.

0.1 % FSLong term stability (1 Mio cyc. or 1 ± 0.2 % FS
year)
Sensitivity

40,000 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

The sensor has two pressure connections for differential
pressure measurements. A typical application is themeasurement of air speed by using a pitot tube.

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust
design with metal housing and motorsport connector.

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Application
Application

0 to 0.1 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

1,4 barOperating temp. range-20 to 70°C

Media temp. range-20 to 70°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 85°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2, 10 to 500 Hz

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
Media: Non-corrosive, non-ionic working gases, such as dry air and drygases.
The DP-C can be connected directly to most control units.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
For a correct functionality be sure that the range of supplied pressure P2>= P1.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System on our website.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

190 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Differential

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 701-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 191

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-10Technical Specifications
Variations
PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % Us ratiomet- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratioric
metricResponse timeT10/901.5 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US = 5 V 400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at US = 5 V

1.0 ms

100 mV

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

Features▶ Fluid pressure absolute▶ 0.5 to 11 bar▶ Connector KPTC 6E8-4P-C-DN

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available for two
different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which
are hermetically welded together with stainless steelpressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125 °C (140 °C)

Media temp. range-40 to 125 °C (140 °C)

Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

Us

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

192 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.bosch-motorsport.com

The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging www.bosch-motorsport.com

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4
Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSC-104.75 to 5.25 V

F 01T A21 304-01

PSC-108 to 30 V

B 261 209 079-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 193

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-10R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSC-10R (5 V)

PSC-10R (12 V)

Operating temp. range -40 to 125 °C (140 °C) -40 to 125 °C
Media temp. range-40 to 125 °C (140 °C) -40 to 125 °C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % Us ratiomet- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratioric
metricResponse timeT10/901.5 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US = 5 V 400 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

8 to 30 V

1.0 ms

500 mV

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Features

Electrical Data

▶ Fluid pressure relative

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply Us max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA▶ 0 to 10 bar▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Characteristic
This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media
in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor isavailable for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which
are hermetically welded together with stainless steelpressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high quality production part andmotorsport connector.

Application
Application

0 to 10 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

194 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. (www.boschmotorsport.com)

The PSC-10R can be connected directly to most control units.

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4
Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSC-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V

F 01T A21 303

PSC-10R
8 to 30 V

F 01T A21 305-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 195

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-250R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSC-250R (5 V)

PSC-250R (12 V)

Operating temp. range -40 to 125°C (140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiomet- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5 V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

▶ Fluid pressure relative▶ 0 to 250 bar▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply Us max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media
in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor isavailable for two different supply voltage ranges.

Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 bar

The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which
are hermetically welded together with stainless steelpressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.

Tolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high quality production part andmotorsport connector.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Application
Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

500 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Connectors and Wires

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

196 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSC-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V

F 02U V00 430-01

PSC-250R
8 to 30 V

F 01T A21 306-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 197

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-260

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Malet thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque

35 Nm

Weight w/o wire

35,2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90% US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

Features▶ Fluid pressure absolute

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 Ω

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V▶ 0 to 260 bar

Connectors and Wires▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports.
The internal reference ensures ambient pressure
independent measurements.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its
wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Please consider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.

Application

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Max. vibration

127 m/s2 RMS at 800 … 2,500 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

198 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

Bosch Engineering GmbHF02U V00 990-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 199

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSM

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 5,000 Hz(sine)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

16 mmInstallation torque

10 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.5 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

8 to 16 V

Full scale output UA 4.9 V± 1.5 %

Current IS

25 mA

Characteristic

Features

Compensated range

0 to 120 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see ordering information▶ Fluid pressure absolute

Tolerance (FS)±1%

▶ 0 to 12 bar / 0 to 250 bar

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor is available for two
different supply voltage ranges.

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

The sensor utilises a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded
hermetically.

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

SCR

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with eachsensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
Application

The PSM can be connected directly to most control units.

Application

Please see ordering information

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

Please see ordering information

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.

Operating temp. range-20 to 120 °C

Media temp. range-20 to 120 °C

Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

200 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
PSM
0 to 12 bar, 24 bar, ± 0.12 bar

B 261 209 331

PSM
0 to 250 bar, 500 bar, ± 2.5 bar

B 261 209 332-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 201

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSM-S

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 max at 5 to 10,000 Hz(sine)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

13 mmInstallation torque

6 Nm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 6.07 x 1.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

8 to 16 V

Full scale output UA

4.7 V ± 1.5 %Characteristic

Features▶ Fluid pressure absolute

Compensated range

0 to 125 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see ordering information

Tolerance (FS)

Please see ordering information

Sensitivity/Offset

an individual calibration sheet will bedelivered▶ 0 to 12 bar / 0 to 70 bar▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

SIG

The sensor utilises a flush metal diaphragm as a force
collector. The force is transferred to a solid state piezoresistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of
noncompressible silicone oil. The housing is welded
hermetically.

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

SCR

SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with eachsensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
Application

The PSM-S can be connected directly to most control units.

Application

0 to 12 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

Please see ordering information

Operating temp. range-55 to 140°C

Media temp. range-55 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
100 % relative humidity is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

202 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
PSM-S
0 to 12 bar, 36 bar, ± 0.24 bar, ± 2%

F 01T A21 315-01

PSM-S
0 to 70 bar, 210, 36 bar, ± 0.7 bar, ± 1%

F 01T A21 316-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 203

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-10Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)

Power supply Us

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output Ua

10 to 90% Us ratiomet- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratioric
metricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at Us=5 V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at Us=5 V

100 mV

Mating connector

261 205 339

261 205 334

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply US

Please see system overview▶ Fluid pressure absolute

Max power supply US max± 30 V▶ 0 to 10 bar / 0.5 to 11 bar

Full scale output UA

Please see system overview▶ Connector Bosch Compact

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see system overview

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure ofvarious kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline, water, engine
oil, transmission oil or air.

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique. These
are hermetically welded together with stainless steelpressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.

Sensitivity

Please see system overview

OffsetPlease see system overview

Connector

Bosch Compact

The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price. The sensor is available fortwo different supply voltage ranges.

Mating connector

Please see system overview

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Application

Connectors and Wires

Pin 5

-

Application

0.5 to 11 bar (a)SleeveDR-25

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Wire size

AWG 24Max. pressure

20 barWire length L

13 to 95 cm

Operating temp. range-40 to 125 °C (140 °C)

Media temp. range-40 to 125 °C (140 °C)

Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

204 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSS-104.75 to 5.25 V

B 261 209 341-01

PSS-108 to 30 V

B 261 209 064-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 205

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-10R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-10 (5 V)

PSS-10 (12 V)

Operating temp. range -40 to 125 °C (140 °C) -40 to 125 °C
Media temp. range-40 to 125 °C (140 °C) -40 to 125 °C

Power supply Us

4.75 to 5.25 V

Full scale output Ua

10 to 90% Us ratiomet- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratioric
metric8 to 30 V

Response timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at Us=5 V

400 mV/bar

Offset

100 mV at Us=5 V

100 mV

Connector

D 261 205 339

D 261 205 334

Mechanical Data

Features

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data

▶ Fluid pressure relative▶ 0 to 10 bar

Power supply US

Please see variations▶ Connector Bosch Compact

Max power supply Us max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media
in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil, air). The sensor isavailable for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which
are hermetically welded together with stainless steelpressure ports. This guaranteees a complete media
compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Application

0 to 10 bar (r)

Pin 4

-

Pressure reference typerelative

Pin 5-

Max. pressure

20 barSleeveDR-25

Operating temp. range

Please see system overview

Wire size

AWG 24

Media temp. range

Please see system overview

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Bio fuel compatibility-

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

206 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-10R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSS-10R
4.75 to 5.25 V

F 01T A21 312-01

PSS-10R
8 to 30 V

F 01T A21 307

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 207

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-100R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-100R (5 V)

PSS-100R (12 V)

Operating temp. range -40 to 125°C (140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % Us ratiomet- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratioric
metricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5 V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Connector

261 205 339

261 205 334

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

Features

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm▶ Fluid pressure relative

Electrical Data

▶ 0 to 100 bar

Power supply US

Please see system overview

Max power supply± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see system overview

Current IS

Please see system overview▶ Connector Bosch Compact

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media
in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor isavailable for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which
are hermetically welded together with stainless steelpressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.
The main feature of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price.

Application
Application

0 to 100 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

200 barOperating temp. range

Please see variations

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

208 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-100R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSS-100R
4.75 to 5.25 V

B 261 209 347-01

PSS-100R
8 to 30 V

F 01T A21 310

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 209

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS-250R (5 V)

PSS-250R (12 V)

Operating temp. range -40 to 125°C (140°C)-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)-40 to 125°C

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

8 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiomet- 0.5 to 4.5 V non-ratiometricricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

40 mV/bar at US = 5 V

40 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

500 mV

Connector

261 205 339

261 205 334

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

Features

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm▶ Fluid pressure relative

Electrical Data

▶ 0 to 250 bar▶ Connector Bosch Compact

Power supply US

Please see system overview

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see system overview

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of media
in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air). The sensor isavailable for two different supply voltage ranges.

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90 °C

The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with piezoresistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which
are hermetically welded together with stainless steelpressure ports. This guarantees a complete media
compatibility.

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality of a
production part at a low price

Connectors and Wires

Application

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

Please see variations

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG
US

Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Pin 3Pressure reference typerelative

Pin 4-Max. pressure

500 barPin 5-

Operating temp. range

Please see variations

SleeveDR-25

Media temp. range

Please see variations

Wire size

AWG 24Storage temp. range-20 to 50 °C

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Bio fuel compatibility-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

210 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Installation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
PSS-250R
4.75 to 5.25 V

B 261 209 965-01

PSS-250R
8 to 30 V

B 261 209 067-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 211

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-260

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Max. vibration

127 m/s2 RMS at 800 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque

35 Nm

Weight w/o wire

35,2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90% US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

Features

Load capacity

10 nF▶ Fluid pressure absolute

Output resistance

10 Ω

Sensitivity

15 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V▶ 0 to 260 bar▶ Connector Bosch Compact

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

The PSS-260 is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications. Thissensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g.
Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brake fluid.

Pin 1

GND

Pin 2

SIG

Pin 3

US

The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve highaccuracy pressure measurements. The stainless steel
measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure ports.
The internal reference ensures ambient pressure
independent measurements.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its
wide measurement range and its robust and compact
design.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes
The PSS-260 can be connected directly to most control units. Please consider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity and shortcircuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.bosch-motorsport.com).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

212 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 261 B04 407-00

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid | 213

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PST-F

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6

Weight without wire

30 g

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque11.5 Nm

SealingO-ring 13.95 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output P

0.5 to 4.5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Output load

10 kΩ

Sensitivity

727 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV

Features

Characteristic 2▶ Fluid pressure and temperature

T [°C]R [Ω]▶ 0.5 to 6bar

-40

45,303▶ Connector Bosch Compact-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,671

10

3,791

20

2,499

30

1,706

40

1,174

50

834

60

595

70

436

80

322

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

125

100

Response Time ｰ63

45 s in air ; v = 6 m/s

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure andtemperature of various kinds of fluids e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
oil or transmission oil.
The PST-F is equipped with a piezo-resistive pressure
sensor element integrated in a silicon chip together withsignal processing electronics. The active surface of thischip is exposed to a reference vacuum. The temperature
sensor element is an NTC-resistor.
The main feature of this sensor is the integration of two
functions (fluid pressure and fluid temperature) in one
housing.

Application
Application 1

0.5 to 6 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 125 °C

Referenceabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125 °C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130 °C

Biofuel compatibility

E22, M15

Max. vibration

40 m/s2 at 1 to 250 Hz
60 m/s2 at 250 to 2,600 Hz
40 m/s2 at 260 to 3,200 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

214 | Sensors | Pressure Sensors Fluid

Tolerance

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 336-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

NTC

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

Pressure Sig

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid undesired
strong vibrations.

Expansion of Tolerance

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-lowpass filter is recommended.
(R = 21 kΩ, C = 100 nF)
For the temperature measurement, a 1 kΩ pull-up at 5 V is recommended.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 261 230 147

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 215

Rotary Potentiometer
RP 50-M

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance3 kΩ

Current IS

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

1 mA

Characteristic
Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ 0 to 50°▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1 (A)Us

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position or
steering angle.

Installation Notes

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensors are
fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.

The main benefit of these sensors is the combination ofhigh accuracy, very robust aluminium housing andmotorsport spec connection.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Application
Application

0 to 50°

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housingaluminium alloywww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

216 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 571-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 217

Rotary Potentiometer
RP 130-M

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance4 kΩ

Current IS

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Throttle position▶ Connector KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

Connector

KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

Mating connector

KPTA 1E6-4S-C-DN

Pin 1 (A)Us

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position or
steering angle.

Installation Notes

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensors are
fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.

The main benefit of these sensors is the combination ofhigh accuracy, very robust aluminium housing andmotorsport spec connection.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our website.

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Application
Application

0 to 130°

Operating temperature range-55 to 125°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housingaluminium alloywww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

218 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 130-M

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 576

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 219

Rotary Potentiometer
RP 350-M

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

8 kΩ

Current IS

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

1 mA

Characteristic
Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Gear indicator▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

Pin 1 (A)Us

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position or
steering angle.

Installation Notes

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensors are
fitted in a shrink down boot for additional protection.

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.

The main benefit of these sensors is the combination ofhigh accuracy, very robust aluminium housing andmotorsport spec connection.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our website.

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Application
Application

0 to 350°

Operating temperature range-55 to 125 °C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

38 g

Protection class

IP66

Mounting

2 x M4

Housingaluminium alloywww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

220 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 350-M

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 577-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 221

Rotary Potentiometer
RP 55

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Total resistance5 kΩ

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Temp. coefficient

50 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

Anti-Clockwise

Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

FeaturesPin 4 (D)-▶ Pedal-travel/steering angle

Pin 5 (E)-

▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. spring travel.
A rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a resistive
element which is supplied with voltage. Thus a voltage
proportional to the angle can be measured. The housing is
made of shock resistant aluminium. The internals are
made of high temperature resistant synthetic material.
The main benefit of this sensor is the special way ofmounting with a quill shaft.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Application
Application

0 to 55°

Operating temperature range-25 to 75 °C

Storage temperature range-25 to 105 °C

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 at 30 to 500 Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

59 g

Protection class

IP63

Mounting

di 6 mm

Lifetime

5 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloywww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

222 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 578-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 223

Rotary Potentiometer
RP 86

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Max. power supply

42 V

Total resistance

2 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

18 µA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Direction of rotation

Anti-Clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Throttle position▶ Connector Bosch Compact

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)Us

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and extremely shortdimensions

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Installation Notes

The sensor has an internal mechanical stop and a Ø 14.65x2 sealing.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Application
Application

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
0 to 86°

Angle between internal mechanical 95°
stops
Operating temperature range-40 to 130 °C

Max. vibration

700 m/s2

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

26 g

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

2 x 106 rotations

Housingsynthetic materialwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

224 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 280 122 016

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 225

Rotary Potentiometer RP

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

Please see ordering information

Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

No

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)Us

FeaturesPin 2 (B)Gnd

▶ Throttle position / gear indicator

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position or
steering angle.
A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted
in a shrink down boot for additional protection.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of both
high accuracy and motorsports spec connection.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.bosch-motorsport.com

Application

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Application

Please see ordering information

Operating temperature range-40 to 150 °C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingsynthetic materialwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

226 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
RP 1000 to 100°, 3 kΩ ±20 %B 261 209 127-01

RP 1300 to 130°, 3 kΩ ±20 %B 261 209 128-02

RP 3080 to 308°, 5 kΩ ±20 %B 261 209 570-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 227

Rotary PotentiometerRP 100 twin

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

3 kΩ ±20 %Current IS

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request
Redundancy

Yes

Features▶ Twin track, throttle control▶ Connector AS 6-07-35PN
Connectors and Wires
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. gearbox position or throttle angle.

Connector

AS 6-07-35PN

Mating connector

AS 0-07-35SN

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted
in a shrink down boot for additional protection.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig1

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

Gnd

Pin 6

Sig2

The main benefit of this sensor is the extremely highreliability through the redundant sensor design.

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.

Application

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.
The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Technical Specifications

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Mechanical Data

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Mounting

2 x M4

Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingsynthetic material

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System (www.bosch-motorsport.com).

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

228 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 591-02

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 229

Rotary Potentiometer
Mini-RP 100-M

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5V

Total resistance5 kΩ

Current Is

1 μA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.

Features

RedundancyNo▶ Throttle angle/spring travel

Connectors and Wires▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle or spring travel.

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing and the bearings are made of high temperature
resistant plastic. The mounting plate is protected with ametal cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted
in a shrink down boot for additional protection.

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of highaccuracy, motorsports spec connection and a very small
and robust aluminium housing.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.

Application
Application

0 to 100°

Operating temperature range-40 to 150 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

230 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 209 587-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 231

Rotary Potentiometer
RP 345-M

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

32 g

Protection class

IP65

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

50 x 106 rotations

Housingaluminium alloy

Electrical Data
Power supply Us

5V

Maximal power supply

42 V

Total resistance

5 kΩ ±20 %Current Is

1 µA

Max. allowable contact current

10 mA

Characteristic
Max. rotation speed

120 min-1

Temp. coefficient

5 ppm/°K

Direction of rotation

anti-clockwise

Features

Both rotation directions are available on request.

▶ Throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position,
steering angle

Connectors and Wires▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Redundancy

No

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position or
steering angle.

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

A throttle rotation moves an internal slider (wiper) on a
resistive element which is supplied with voltage. Thus
voltage proportional to the angle can be measured. The
housing is made of shock resistant aluminium. Theinternal is made of high temperature resistant synthetic
material. The mounting plate is protected with a metal
cover to ensure a good fixation. The sensor is fitted in ashrink down boot for additional protection.

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

16 to 30 cm

The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of both
high accuracy and very though aluminium housing.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.

Application

The sensor has no internal mechanical stops.

Application

0 to 345°

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Operating temperature range-40 to 150 °C

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing www.bosch-motorsport.com
Both rotation directions and other rotation angles available on request.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

232 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 01T A21 400

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers | 233

Rotary Potentiometer
RP 360-H

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

< 35 gProtection class

IP68

Mounting

2 x M4

Lifetime

20 x 106 operations of ±75°

Housingsynthetic material

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 V regulated
9 V to 30 V unregulated

Max. power supply

30 V

Total resistance

10 kΩ

Current Is< 12.5 mA

Resolution

0.025 % of measurement range

Output voltage range

0.5 to 4.5 V

Output load

10 kΩ

Characteristic

Features▶ 0 to 360°
▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Max. rotation speed

600 min-1

Temp. coefficient< 30 ppm/°K in 5 V supply mode

< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supplymode< 90 ppm/°K in 9 V to 30 V supply
mode

Direction of rotationAnti

anti-clockwise

Both rotation directions are available on request.
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement,
e.g. throttle angle, spring travel, gearbox position or
steering angle.

RedundancyNo

The electronic is designed with a magnetic rotary sensor
with Hall elements and digital signal processing. The
angular position is provided by a two pole magnet
integrated in the sensor shaft. A Hall effect sensor isdisposed between two magnets in association with a
movable specially formed ferromagnetic part. This is used
to control flux in the sensor in order to produce a linearlyvarying output voltage dependent on the position.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall
effect technology and its robust design for motorsportapplications. Other measurement ranges are available on
request.

Application
Application

0 to 360°

Operating temperature range-40 to 140 °C (5 V supply)

Storage temperature range-55 to 140 °C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1 (A)US

Pin 2 (B)Gnd

Pin 3 (C)Sig

Pin 4 (D)-Pin 5 (E)-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 22

Wire length L

16

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

234 | Sensors | Rotary Potentiometers

Installation Notes

Both rotation directions and other measurement ranges are available on
request.

The products of the RP series can be connected directly to most control
units.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Sensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit arealigned as shown in the offer drawing.

4

Operating temperature range for unregulated supply: -40 to 137 °C (9 V
supply). Derate upper temperature limit by 0.57 °C for every 1 V increasein supply, e.g. -40 to 125 °C at 30 V.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 02U V00 641-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 235

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor
HA-D 90

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mountingwith screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling < 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm▶ Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed

Thickness t

12.5 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or
wheelspeed).

Connectors and Wires

Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-D, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SC-HE

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very good
detection of the falling edge, due to a differential
measuring method. This sensor is a combination of a highquality production part and robust design with a small
housing.

Pin 1

Us

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Application
Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤ 50 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target wheel.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

236 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 02U V00 334-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 237

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor
HA-M

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling < 4 % (≤ 6 kHz)edge of tooth< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmFeaturesWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mm▶ Camshaft/crankshaft/wheel speed

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2▶ Connector ASU 6-03-03PN-HE

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or
wheelspeed).

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Ordering Information

Mating connector

Please see Ordering Information

Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element withintegrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal. We offer this sensor
with two different types of output: Active high and Active
low.

Pin 1

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 2

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 3

Please see Ordering Information

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust
design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
Application

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range- 40 to 160 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Please see Ordering Information

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

238 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
HA-M
Active low, ASU 6-03-03PN-HE, ASU
6-03-03SN-HE, Us, Gnd, Sig

B 261 209 283-01

HA-M
Active high, ASU 6-03-03PN-HE, ASU
6-03-03SN-HE, Us, Gnd, Sig

B 261 209 295-01

HA-M
Active high, without connector, Us red, Gnd
black, Sig green

F 02U V00 627-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 239

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor
HA-P

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

70 g

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling < 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)edge of tooth< 2 % (≤10 kHz)
Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

FeaturesThickness t

12.5 mm▶ Wheel/camshaft speed

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2▶ 24.0 mm depth▶ Connector 1 928 403 110

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or
wheelspeed).

Connectors and Wires
Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element withintegrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal.

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust
design with metal housing.

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data logging
systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Application

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.

Temperature range-40 to 150 °C

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Output typeactive low

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩMax. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4240 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P

Bosch Engineering GmbH

0 232 103 111

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 241

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor
Mini-HA-P

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMountingwith screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling < 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)edge of tooth< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmFeaturesWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mm▶ Wheel/camshaft speed

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2▶ 9 mm depth▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE / 1 234 482 092

Connectors and Wires
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or wheel
speed).

Connector

Please see Ordering Information

Mating connector

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 1

Please see Ordering Information

Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at
the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor elementwith integrated signal conditioning circuit detects thischange and generates a digital output signal.

Pin 2

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 3

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 4

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 5

Please see Ordering Information

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust
design with a very small housing.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

242 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Dimensions

4

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 243

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P
ASL 6-06-05PC-HE, ASL 6-06-05SC-HE, Us,
Gnd, Sig

F 02U V00 564-02

Mini-HA-P
1 234 482 092, F 02U B00 520-01, Gnd,
Sig, Us

F 02U V00 566-02

Mini-HA-P
without connector

F 02U 002 565-01

4

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

244 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor
Mini-HA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMountingwith screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

16 mm

Installation depth L2

12 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling < 3 % (≤6 kHz)edge of tooth< 5 % (≤10 kHz)
Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mm▶ Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed

Width of teeth b1

3.8 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE

Width of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

FeaturesThis sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft andwheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit
detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and a robust
design with a very small housing.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Ordering Information

Mating connector

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 1

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 2

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 3

Please see Ordering Information

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput typeactive low

The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mT

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Installation Notes

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 245

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Mini-HA-P sealed
Connector ASL 6-06-05PC-HE
Mating connector ASL 0-06-05SC-HE
Pin 1: US
Pin 2: Gnd
Pin 3: Sig
Pin 4: Pin 5: -F 02U V00 500-01

Mini-HA-P sealed
Connector 1 928 404 227
Mating connector D 261 205 335
Pin 1: Gnd
Pin 2: Sig
Pin 3: US

F 02U V00 569-01

Mini-HA-P sealed
without connector
red: USgreen: Sig
black: Gnd

F 02U 002 570-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

246 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Hall-Effect Speed Sensor
HA-P2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Bore diameter

15 mm

Installation depth L2

15 mm

Mountingwith screw 1 x M6Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

4.75 to 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth
up to 1.5 mm < 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)up to 2.5 mm < 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)
Signal output0.4 V to < US
Connectors and Wires

Features▶ Wheel/camshaft/crankshaft speed▶ 15 mm depth▶ Connector Hirschmann 872-658-501 Cod.A

Connector

Hirschmann 872-658-501 Cod.A

Mating connector

Hirschmann 872-858-501 Cod.A

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Environment

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft or
wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel infront of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at theplace of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element withintegrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change
and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part, robust
design, very small housing and low weight.

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Installation Notes
Application Notes
The HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.

Application

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Application

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 2.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 160 °C

Output circuit

open collector for 1 kΩOutput typeactive low

External magnetic fields< 0.1 mTMax. vibration

400 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Target wheel diameter D

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 247

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 232 103 111

Bosch Engineering GmbH

248 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

round

Bore diameter

12.5 mm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mmElectrical Data

4

Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 VP-P

Environment

Features▶ Crankshaft/wheel speed▶ 32,2 mm depth/lead▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft
magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns pastthis sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is
directly proportional to the periodic variation in themagnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature
resistance. Additionally the installation depth can bechanged according to the customer request.
Connectors and Wires

Application

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Application

speed

Pin 1

-

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Pin 2

Gnd

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Pin 3

Sig

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230 °C

Pin 4

-

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Pin 5

Scr

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 249

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according to customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 519-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

250 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor
IA-C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

round

Bore diameter

18 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

40 g

Installation depth L2

23.7 mmElectrical Data

4

Coil resistance860 Ω ± 10 %Inductance max.

370 mH ± 15 %Output voltage max.

200 VP-P

Environment

Features▶ Crankshaft/wheel speed

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2▶ 24,0 mm, 315 ° depth/lead

Connectors and Wires▶ Connector D 261 205 334

Connector

1 928 404 227

Mating connector

D 261 205 335

Pin 1

Sig+

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Scr

The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft
magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns pastthis sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is
directly proportional to the periodic variation in themagnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connector
options.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, compact design.

Application
Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 130 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 251

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.
The inductive speed sensor IA-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.

4

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 261 210 136

Bosch Engineering GmbH

252 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor IS

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

round

Bore diameter

12.5 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

30 g

Installation depth L2

32.2 mmElectrical Data

4

Coil resistance

1,200 ΩInductance max.

400 mH

Output voltage max.

190 V P-P

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmFeaturesWidth of gap b2

4.3 mm▶ Wheel speed

Depth of teeth h1

3.5 mm▶ 32,2 mm depth/lead

Depth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2▶ Connector AS 6-06-05SN-HE

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft
magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns pastthis sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is
directly proportional to the periodic variation in themagnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and robust, high temperature
resistance. Additionally the installation depth can bechanged according to the customer request.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

speed

Max. frequency≤15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.8 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 253

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth L2 can be changed individually according to customer request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 517-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

254 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor
IS-C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

round

Bore diameter

12.9 mmTightening torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

25 g

Installation depth L2

24.1 mmElectrical Data

4

Coil resistance340 Ω

Inductance max.

64 mH

Environment

Features

Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires▶ Wheel speed▶ 3/8-24 UNF-2A THD

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE▶ Connector AS 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheelspeed).
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft
magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns pastthis sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is
directly proportional to the periodic variation in themagnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

Max. 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part with very compact design,and high temperature resistance.

Application
Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 ± 0.3 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 255

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-C is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
This sensor is also available with a M10x1 male thread.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4
Dimensions

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 609

Bosch Engineering GmbH

256 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor
IS-M

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic poleRound, 2.36 mm

Electrical Data

4

Coil resistance390 ΩInductance max.

75 mH

Output voltage max.

55 V P-P

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.5 mmDepth of teeth h2

1.75 mm

Number of teeth

60-2

Features

Connectors and Wires▶ Wheel speed

Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrevolutions and angles at engine and chassis applications.
The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft
magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns pastthis sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is
directly proportional to the periodic variation in themagnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

It is available in a DR-25 sleeve with various connectors
options and different installation depths.
The main benefit of this sensor is the combination of both
high quality production part and a robust, compact
design.

Application
Application

speed

Max. frequency≤ 15 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 ± 0.25 mm

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 225 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 257

Installation Notes
The inductive speed sensor IS-M is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material.
If a wheel with different dimension has to be used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
The installation depth can be changed individually according the customer
request.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 693-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

258 | Sensors | Speed Sensors

Inductive Speed Sensor
IS-T

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Magnetic pole

round

Bore diameter

6.3 mmTightening torque1.4 NmWeight w/o wire

14 g

Installation depth L2

20 mm

Electrical Data

4

Coil resistance30 Ω

Inductance max.

2.6 mH

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

160.43 mm

Thickness t> 5 mmWidth of teeth b1

4.1 mmWidth of gap b2

4.3 mm▶ Turbocharger speed

Depth of teeth h1

3.5 mm▶ Max. 15 mm depth/lead

Depth of teeth h2

1.75 mm▶ Connector AS 6-06-05SN-HE

Number of teeth

60-2

Features

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05SN-HE

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement ofrotational speed of a turbo charger.

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05PN-HE

Pin 1

-

The inductive sensor consists of a bar magnet with a soft
magnetic pole pin supporting an induction coil with twoconnections. When a ferromagnetic ring gear turns pastthis sensor, it generates a voltage in the coil which is
directly proportional to the periodic variation in themagnetic flux. The rotational speed is reflected on aperiodic interval between the voltage’s zero transition
points.

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

The main benefit of this sensor is robustness, a very
compact design and high temperature resistance.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Application
Application

speed

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 mmOperating temp. range (sensinghead)-40 to 230 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 max. 80 h

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Speed Sensors | 259

Installation Notes
This inductive speed sensor IS-T is developed for wheels made of ferromagnetic material by turbo charger.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), the technical function has to be tested individually.
Please contact our technical consultancy for more information.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

4

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 662-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

260 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M5-HS

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M5x1

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6g

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

Electrical Data

4

Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous ± 1.3 °C
cond.)
Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water 63 < 4 sCharacteristic Application

Features▶ Temperature▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.

027,936

10

18,18720

12,136The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To
improve a good protection against the ambient
temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.

25

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

180

167.6

200

118.5

220

86.08

240

64.08

260

48.76

280

37.86

300

29.94

The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact design
and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 261

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistance(typically 1 or 3 kΩ)Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.bosch-motorsport.com

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 510-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

262 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M6

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data

4

Characteristic

NTC

Max. power at 25 °C

200 mW

Nominal resistance at 25°C

15 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C± 1.1 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C± 4.4 °C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

±5%Response time tau 63 in still water < 9 s
Characteristic Application

Features▶ Fluid temperature▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.g.
oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control
value for engine control units or as a measurement value
which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. The
sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk whichis connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 24 wire.
To improve the response time, the element is molded intoa high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

Application
Application-55 to 125 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibiliy-

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHT [°C]R [Ω]-55

1,493,300-35

366,720-20

145,880-10

83,317

049,254

10

29,95920

18,73225

15,00030

12,012

40

7,894

50

5,356

60

3,651

70

2,545

80

1,804

90

1,301

100

945

110

704

120

528

125

460

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 263

Connectors and Wires

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

The NTC M6 can be connected directly to most control units using a pullup resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Pin 5

-

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Installation Notes

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing on www.boschmotorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 386-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

264 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M6-H

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

8.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data

4

Characteristic

NTC

Max. power at 25 °C

200 mW

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

49.12 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C
Accuracy at 100 °C± 1.5 °C

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

8%

Response time tau 63 in still water < 7 s

Features

Characteristic Application▶ Fluid temperature▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.g.
oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control
value for engine control units or as a measurement value
which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. The
sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk whichis connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 24 wire.
To improve the response time, the element is molded intoa high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of both
high quality production part and a robust, compact
design. It is especially designed to measure hightemperatures (up to 300 °C).

Application
Application-25 to 300 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbH± 1.84 °C

T [°C]R [Ω]-25657,350-15

365,0400

162,210

10

98,322

25

49,12040

26,06560

12,140

80

6,119

100

3,300

120

1,885

140

1,132

160

710

180

463

200

312

220

217

240

155

260

113

280

85

300

64

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 265

Connectors and Wires

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

The NTC M6-H can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Pin 5

-

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Installation Notes

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 989-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

266 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M6-HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

10 kΩ

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous ± 1.3 °C
cond.)

4

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau 63 in still water < 4 sCharacteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

240

64.08

Technical Specifications

250

55.75

Mechanical Data

260

48.76

270

42.87

280

37.86

290

33.59

300

29.94

Features▶ Temperature▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300 °C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To
improve a good protection against the ambient
temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust andcompact design and its very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Male thread

M6x1

Wrench size

10 mmInstallation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire

6.5 g

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 267

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging at
our homepage.

Connectors and Wires

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 486-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

268 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M8

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

3 Nm

Weight w/o wire

10 g

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data

4

Characteristic

NTC

Max. power at 25 °C

200 mW

Nominal resistance at 25 °C

15 kΩ

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C± 1.1 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C± 4.4 °C

Rel. resistance tolerance±5%

Response time tau 63 in still water < 11 s
Characteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]▶ Fluid temperature-55

1,493,300▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE-35

366,720-20

145,880-10

83,317

049,254

10

29,95920

18,73225

15,00030

12,012

40

7,894

50

5,356

60

3,651

70

2,545

80

1,804

90

1,301

100

945

110

704

120

528

125

460

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.g.
oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control
value for engine control units or as a measurement value
which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. The
sensing element is a lacquer-coated thermistor disk whichis connected via a copper-clad Fe wire to a AWG 24 wire.
To improve the response time, the element is molded intoa high performance heat paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

Application
Application-55 to 125 °C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 to 5 to 500 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 269

Connectors and Wires

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

The NTC M8 can be connected directly to most control units using a pullup resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Pin 5

-

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Installation Notes

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M8

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 384-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

270 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M8-HS

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance

10 kΩCharacteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneouscond.)± 0.3 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C (homogeneous ± 1.3 °C
cond.)

4

Rel. resistance tolerance at 25°C

1%

Response time tau in still water 63 < 4 sCharacteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ω]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

Features027,936▶ Temperature

10

18,187▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

20

12,13625

10,000

30

8,284

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

180

167.6

190

140.4

200

118.5

210

100.7

220

86.08

230

74.05

240

64.08

250

55.75

This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up to
300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement
value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To
improve a good protection against the ambient
temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel andpartly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust design andits very short response time.

Application
Application-55 to 300 °C

Storage temperature range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility-

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M8x1

260

48.76

Wrench size

12 mm

270

42.87

Installation torque

8 Nm

280

37.86

Weight w/o wire

8g

290

33.59

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

300

29.94

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 271

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data Logging
System at our homepage.

Pin 3

Sig+

Connectors and Wires

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 509-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

272 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

25 Nm

Weight w/o wire

29 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data

4

Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20 °C

2.5 kΩ ± 5 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C± 1.4 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C± 43.4 °C

Response time tau 63 in still water < 15 s
Characteristic Application

Features▶ Fluid temperature▶ Connector Bosch Jetronic

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.g.
oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control
value for engine control units or as a measurement value
which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 130 °C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100 °C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Bosch Engineering GmbHT [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 273

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes

Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector

D 261 205 288

Pin 1

SIG+

The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using a pullup resistor(typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Pin 2

SIG-

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing. www.bosch-motorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 280 130 026

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

274 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12-H

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20 °C

2.5 kΩ ± 20 °C

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C± 1.4 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C± 0.8 °C

Response time tau 63 in still water < 15 s
Characteristic Application

4

T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

Features

30

1,707

▶ Fluid temperature

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

▶ Connector Bosch Compact

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.g.
oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control
value for engine control units or as a measurement value
which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust compact design.

Application
Application-40 to 150 °C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60 °C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 337

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 275

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

4

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 281 002 170

Bosch Engineering GmbH276 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12-L

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

not included

Electrical Data

4

Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance ± 5%

2.5 kΩ at 20 °C

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25 °C± 1.4 °C

Accuracy at 100 °C± 3.4 °C

Response Time tau 63 in still water < 10 s
Characteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ω]-40

45,313

Features-30

26,114▶ Ambient air temperature-20

15,462▶ Connector Bosch Compact

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

60

596

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperatures e.g.
oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as a control
value for engine control units or as a measurement value
which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature
the conductivity rises. The sensing element of thetemperature sensor is made of semiconducting heavy
metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals, which areequipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination of ahigh quality production part and a robust and compact
design.

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 277

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D 261 205 288-01

The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using apull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).

Pin 1

SIG+

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Pin 2

SIG-

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

4

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 280 130 039

Bosch Engineering GmbH278 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors

Temperature Sensor
PT 200E

Characteristic
Accuracy at -40 to 200 °C± 3 °C

Relative resistance tolerance at >200 °C± 1.5 %

Connectors and Wires

4

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

n.c.

Pin 2

Sig+

Pin 3

Sig-

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Characteristic Application

Features

T [°C]R [Ω]▶ -40 to 1,000 °C

-40

170

▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

-25

181

0

201

25

220

50

239

75

257

100

276

150

313

200

349

250

385

300

420

350

454

400

488

450

521

500

554

550

586

600

618

-40 to 1,000 °C

650

649

0 to 100 °C

700

679

750

709

800

738

Technical Specifications

850

767

Mechanical Data

900

795

950

822

1000

849

The PT 200E is designed to measure exhaust gas
temperatures up to 1,000 °C.
The sensor element has a positive temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing ambient
temperature the conductivity decreases and theresistance rises. The opened housing exposes the sensor
directly to the gas flow in order to improve its
performance.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust andcompact design and its wide measurement range.

Application
Application
Storage temp. range

Male thread

M14x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Weight w/o wire

55 g

Electrical Data
Characteristic

Bosch Engineering GmbH

PTC

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors | 279

Installation Notes
The PT 200E can be connected directly to most control units using a pullup resistance (typically 1 or 3 kΩ).
Please check the offer drawing for a correct mounting orientation.
Please use the mounting part for a correct fixation of the sensor (not included, available on request).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor PT 200E

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 811-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

280 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors Infrared

Temperature Sensors
Infrared TI-16

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

42 g

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

5 to 28 V

Max power supply US

28 V

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Features▶ Tyre temperature / steel▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.

Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Ordering Informations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120 °C

Temperature resolution
to Tobj < 100 °C

0.1 °C

System accuracy
to 23 °C tamb,or max. value± 1.5 °C or 1.5 %Repeatability
to 23 °C tamb,or max. value± 0.75 °C or 0.75 %Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C

Offset0 mV

Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside a stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared
radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).

Connectors and Wires

The main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Application

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveViton

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Application

0 to 160 °C

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120 °C

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70 °C

Installation Notes

Storage temperature range-40 to 85 °C

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %The TI-16 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging
systems.

Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 to 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2 to 11 ms shock

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20 °C to 1,000 °C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors Infrared | 281

The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
To clean the lens use only a soft, wet (water or water based glass cleaner)cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
TI-16-r
Rubber, emissivity 0.95

F 01T A21 207-01

TI-16-sSteel, emissivity 0.80

F 01T A21 209-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH282 | Sensors | Temperature Sensors Infrared

Temperature Sensors
Infrared TI-100

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1 mmWrench size

14 mmLength housing

28 mm

Weight with wire 1 m

42 g

Electrical Data

4

Power supply US

5 to 28 V

Max power supply US

28 V

Full scale output UA

0 to 5 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Emissivity (predefined)

Please see Ordering Informations

Optical resolution

10 : 1

Spectral range

8 to 14 µm

Compensated range-20 to 120 °C

Temperature resolution
at Tobj < 100 °C

0.1 °C

System Accuracy
at 23 °C tamb,or max. value± 1.5 °C or 1.5 %Repeatability
at 23 °C tamb,or max. value± 0.75 °C or 0.75 %Using ruggedized silicon-coated optics with internal
electronics and cabling packaged inside a stainless steel
housing, this sensor measures the emitted infrared
radiation of an object and calculates its temperature. The
output signal has a linear characteristic (temperature vs.
output voltage).

Sensitivity

31.25 mV/°C

Offset0 mVThe main features of this sensor are its compact size,
robust design, and high signal quality at a low cost. In
addition, it offers the ability to change the temperature
range, the output voltage and emissivity by request.

Features▶ Brake disc steel, cylinder head / Brake disc carbon▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

This infrared temperature sensor is designed for noncontact surface temperature measurement of various
parts (e.g. tires or cylinder heads) based on IR radiation.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PN-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Prg

Pin 5

Scr

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Application

SleeveViton

Application

0 to 1000 °C

Wire size

AWG 26

Operating temp. range (sensinghead)-20 to 120 °C

Wire length L

70 to 100 cm

Operating temp. range (electronics)-20 to 70 °C

Storage temperature range-40 to 85 °C

Relative humidity

10 to 95 %Max. vibration any axis

30 m/s2 to 11 to 200 Hz
500 m/s2, 11 ms shock

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The TI-100 can be connected directly to most control units and data logging systems.
The temperature measurement range can be changed anywhere in therange of -20 °C to 1,000 °C per request.
The emissivity can be changed by request.
The predefined emissivity can differ from the real emissivity.
To determine the emissivity, please contact Bosch Motorsport for assistance.

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Temperature Sensors Infrared | 283

The sensor is protected against reverse polarity and short-circuit.
Sensor can be mounted in any orientation.
Do not disconnect the electronics housing from the sensor.
The sensor meets the EMV qualification 89/336/EWG.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the sensor
specifications.
To clean the lens use only a soft, wet (water or water based glass cleaner)cloth -> NO DISSOLVER cleaner!
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
TI-100-s
Steel, emissivity 0.80

F 01T A21 210-01

TI-100-c
Carbon, emissivity 0.75

F 01T A21 211-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH284 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCPK

4

Characteristic Application
Accuracy (max. value)± 1.5 °C or 0.004 * t
T [°C]-200

U [mV]-5.891-100-3.554

0

0.000

100

4.096

200

8.138

300

12.209400

16.397500

20.644600

24.905700

29.129800

33.275900

37.3261,000

41.276

Features1,100

45.119▶ Exhaust gas temperature

1,200

48.838▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

1,300

52.410This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas
temperatures up to 1,300°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which generates
a small temperature corresponding voltage, due to their
thermo electrical behaviour, without any additional
external energy. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very quick
response time, the combination of high quality production
part and robust design with metal housing andmotorsport connector.

Application
Application-200 to 1,000 (1,300) °C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Mating connector

ASL 0-06-05SD-HE

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig+

Pin 3

Sig-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Src

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Mechanical Data

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Male thread

see adapter

Wrench sizesee adapter

Installation torquesee adapter

Weight with wire

47 g

Sensor tip bend radius

R 20

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

NiCr/Ni Typ K

Full scale output

DIN IEC 584-1

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 285

Installation Notes

Any mounting orientation is possible.

The TCP-K can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with thermocouple inputs (w/o pull-up resistant) or to external devices, which amplify thesensor voltage.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Recommended max. continuous utilisation temperature 1,000 °C, shortterm utilisation temperature 1,300 °C.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer request.
The sensor tip is flexible/ bendable and can be fixed by a special adapter(B 261 209 159-01).

4

The length of the sensor tip can be modified on request.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K

B 261 209 385-01

Accessories
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K Adapter
Adapter TCP-K

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 159-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH286 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCPKA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight with wire

85 gLength250 mmElectrical Data

4

Voltage supply

12 V

Full scale output

0 to 5 V

Characteristic Application
Measuring range

0 to 1,250 °C

T [°C]

U [mV]

0

0

50

197

100

399

200

793

300

1,190

400

1,598

500

2,012

600

2,427

700

2,839

800

3,243

This sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas
temperatures up to 1,250°C.

900

3,638

1,000

4,022

Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage, due to its
thermoelectric behavior, without any additional externalenergy source. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (Ni CrSi - NiSi). The wires are isolated. The
voltage is amplified by an electronic circuit, which is
powered by 12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5
V. Please note that the operating temperature of theexternal electronics is from 0 to 120 °C.

1,100

4,396

1,200

4,759

1,250

5,000

Features▶ Exhaust gas temperature▶ Connector F 02U B00 292-01

The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of high quality production part, robust design
and its integrated amplifier.

Connectors and Wires

Application
Application

0 to 1,250 °C

Operating temp. range (ext. electronics)

0 to 120 °C

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Connector

F 02U B00 292-01

Mating connector

D 261 205 357

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 287

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Installation Notes
The TCP-KA can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5 V
analog signal input (w/o pull-up resistor) or to external data logging devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s request.
Please note that the operating temperature range of the external electronics is from 0 to 120 °C.
Recommended bending radius of the wire of the sensor element is minimum 20 mm to ensure the sensor works properly and for a longer lifespanof the sensor.
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for Bosch Data Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 264-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH4

288 | Sensors | Thermocouple Probes

Thermocouple Probe TCPNF

Electrical Data
Supply voltage Us

12 V

Full scale output

0.5 to 4.5 V

Characteristic Application
Measuring range-40 to 1,100 °C

Response time

33 s

T [°C]

U [mV]

-40

372

0

485

100

790

200

1,135

300

1,513

400

1,912

500

2,327

600

2,752

700

3,183

800

3,615

▶ Exhaust gas temperature

900

4,046

▶ Connector D 261 205 357

1,000

4,473

1,100

4,845

4

FeaturesThis sensor is designed to measure exhaust gas
temperatures up to 1,100°C.
Thermocouples are temperature sensors, which supply atemperature corresponding voltage, due to it
thermoelectrically behaviour, without any additional
external energy. The mantle thermocouple has a metal
mantle which includes two inner wires made of thermo
material (NiCr-Ni). The wires are isolated. The voltage willbe amplified by a intergrated electronic, which is poweredby 12 V and supplies an output signal from 0 to 5 V.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of high quality production part, robust design
and the integrated amplifier.

Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

F 02U B00 292-01

Mating connector

D 261 205 357

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Application-40 to 1,100 °C

Pin 5

-

Usage temperature range-40 to 115 °C

SleeveDR-25

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 to 500 Hz

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 75 cm

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

45 Nm

Weight with wire

110 g

Length L

630 mmBosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Thermocouple Probes | 289

Installation Notes
The TCP-NF can be connected to Bosch Motorsport ECUs with a 0 to 5 V
analog signal inputs or to external devices.
The sensor can be mounted individually according to the customer’s request.
The signal output will be 0 V, if the sensor, the power, or the signal wire
failedThe signal output will be > 5 V, if the ground wire failed, or due to a short
cut of the power and signal wire

4

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing andfree download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 821-03

Bosch Engineering GmbH290 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer
WP 35

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

38.1 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

5 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

19.1 x 19.1 x 9.7 mm

Electrical Data

Features▶ Suspension/pedal travel▶ 0 to 35 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

1%

Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

This sensor converts mechanical movement into electricalsignal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary
sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

The advantage of this WP is its compact style whichallows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

The WP 35 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
Application
Application

0 to 38 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125 °C

Max. wire acceleration

290 m/s2

Max. wire tension

1.7 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbH

The WP 35 can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause damage
and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the wire at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 291

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 35

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 541

Bosch Engineering GmbH292 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer
WP 50

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

15 g

Possible mechanical range

50.8 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance

5 kΩFeatures

Resistance tolerance

10 %▶ Suspension/pedal travel

Non-linearity

0.5 %▶ 0 to 50 mm

Max. current

12 mA▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

The WP 50 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

This sensor converts mechanical movement into electricalsignal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary
sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

The advantage of this WP is its compact style whichallows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
Application
Application

0 to 50 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125 °C

Max. wire acceleration

400 m/s2

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 10 to 2,000 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbH

The WP 50 can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause damage
and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the wire at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 293

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 50

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 542

Bosch Engineering GmbH294 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer
WP 75

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Possible mechanical range

76.2 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 24.4 x 11.4 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %FeaturesNon-linearity

0.5 %▶ Suspension/pedal travel

Max. current

12 mA▶ 0 to 75 mm

Connectors and Wires▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

The WP 75 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

This sensor converts mechanical movement into electricalsignal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary
sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

The advantage of this WP is its compact style whichallows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 75 can be connected directly to most electronic control units anddata logging systems.

Application
Application

0 to 75 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125 °C

Max. wire acceleration

170 m/s2

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause damage
and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the wire at all
times.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 295

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 75

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 543

Bosch Engineering GmbH296 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer
WP 1004Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

57 g

Possible mechanical range

101.6 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 43.3 x 12.5 mm

Electrical Data

Features▶ Suspension/pedal travel

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires▶ 0 to 100 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

The WP 100 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electricalsignal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary
sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style whichallows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 100 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Application

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Application

0 to 100 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125 °C

Max. wire acceleration

90 m/s2

Max. wire tension

3.3 N

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause damage
and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the wire at all
times.

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 297

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 100

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 544

Bosch Engineering GmbH

298 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer
WP 120Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

120 mmMounting

2 x Ø 4 & Ø 4.8

Life expectancy

1 x 106 cycles

Dimensions

45.7 x 44.5 x 59.7 mm

Electrical Data

4

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

25 V

Nominal resistance

1 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

0.15 %

Non-linearity

1%

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

SleeveDR-25

The WP 120 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

This sensor converts mechanical movement into electricalsignal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary
sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.

Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

The advantage of this WP is its compact style whichallows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

The WP 120 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.

Features▶ Suspension/pedal travel▶ 0 to 120 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Installation Notes

Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.
The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.
Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause damage
and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the wire at all
times.

Application
Application

0 to 120 mm

Temperature range-15 to 60 °C

Max. wire tension

2.2 N

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 299

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 120

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 01T A21 250

Bosch Engineering GmbH

300 | Sensors | Wire Potentiometers

Wire Potentiometer
WP 125

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

85 g

Possible mechanical range

127.5 mmMounting

2 x 2-56 UNC

Tightening torque

2.5 NmLife expectancy

100 x 106 cycles

Protection

IP54

Dimensions

Ø 50.5 x 13.2 mm

Electrical Data

Features▶ Suspension/pedal travel

Power supply

5V

Power supply max.

35 V

Nominal resistance5 kΩ

Resistance tolerance

10 %Non-linearity

0.5 %Max. current

12 mA

Connectors and Wires▶ 0 to 125 mm▶ Connector ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

The WP 125 is a wire potentiometer which is designed tomeasure position, direction, or rate of motion of moving
mechanical components.
This sensor converts mechanical movement into electricalsignal using a stainless steel cable wounded on athreaded drum that is coupled to a precision rotary
sensor. Hence the electrical output is proportional to the
distance travelled.
The advantage of this WP is its compact style whichallows for flexible and easy installation. Due to its small
size, precise measurement is possible even in difficult
applications.

Connector

ASL 6-06-05PA-HE

Connector loom

ASL 0-06-05SA-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 45 cm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the requested wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The WP 125 can be connected directly to most electronic control units
and data logging systems.
Holder for specific mounting orientation is available on request.

Application

The angle of the displacement wire should be in the range of ± 5 to 10°
from normal direction to avoid damaging the housing.

Application

0 to 125 mm

Temperature range-65 to 125 °C

Max. wire acceleration

80 m/s2

Do not allow the wire to snap back (freely retract). This will cause damage
and void the warranty. Tension must be maintained on the wire at all
times.

Max. wire tension

2.8 N

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Shock

1,000 m/s2 for 6 ms

Vibration

150 m/s2 at 10 to 2,000 Hz

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Sensors | Wire Potentiometers | 301

Dimensions

4

Ordering Information
Wire Potentiometer WP 125

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 545

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Electronic Throttle
Control

www.bosch-motorsport.com

5
Electronic Throttle Body

304

Electronic Throttle Grip

308

Bosch Engineering GmbH

304 | Electronic Throttle Control | Electronic Throttle Body

Electronic Throttle Body
ETB 46

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Air mass flow (pamb=1,000 mbar,
Δp 600 mbar, 23°C)

960 kg/hConnectors and Wires

5

The electronic throttle body (ETB) is part of an electronic
throttle control system (ETC). The ETC contains
furthermore an electronic acceleration pedal or aredundant rotary potentiometer for a mechanical throttle
body.
The bore diameter is available between 32 mm and 82mm.

Connector

AKD

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1

Poti 1

Pin 2

Poti -

Pin 3

Motor -Pin 4

Poti 2Pin 5

Motor +Pin 6

Poti +

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.
An acceleration pedal sensor (e.g. RP 100 twin, B 261 209 591-02) isrequired.
Other bore diameters are available on request.

Application
Temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration

50 to 250 m/s2 at 50 Hz to 2 kHz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size of housing

125 x 80 x 115 mm

Weight940 g

Tightening torque

10 Nm

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Electronic Throttle Control | Electronic Throttle Body | 305

Dimensions

5

Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Body ETB 46

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 280 750 532

Bosch Engineering GmbH

306 | Electronic Throttle Control | Electronic Throttle Body

Electronic Throttle Body
ETB 82

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Air mass flow (pamb=1,000 mbar,
Δp 600 mbar, 23°C)

6,500 kg/hConnectors and Wires

5

The electronic throttle body (ETB) is part of an electronic
throttle control system (ETC). The ETC contains
furthermore an electronic acceleration pedal or aredundant rotary potentiometer for a mechanical throttle
body.
The bore diameter is available between 32 mm and 82mm.

Connector

AKD

Mating connector

D 261 205 356-01

Pin 1

Poti 1

Pin 2

Poti +

Pin 3

Motor +Pin 4

Poti 2Pin 5

Motor -Pin 6

Poti -

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.
An acceleration pedal sensor (e.g. RP 100 twin, B 261 209 591-02) isrequired.
Other bore diameters are available on request.

Application
Temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration

50 to 250 m/s2 at 50 Hz to 2 kHz

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size of housing

150 x 80 x 145 mm

Weight950 g

Tightening torque

10 Nm

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Electronic Throttle Control | Electronic Throttle Body | 307

Dimensions

5

Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Body ETB 82

www.bosch-motorsport.com

0 280 750 487

Bosch Engineering GmbH

308 | Electronic Throttle Control | Electronic Throttle Grip

Electronic Throttle Grip
ETG

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size of housing

80 x 60 x 160 mm

Weight326 g

Mounting

Handlebar, diameter 22.2 mm

Working angle and free play

60° + 10°Tightening torque4.5 NmElectrical Data
Supply voltage

2x5V

Characteristic5

Output signal0.15 to 2.325 V for 0 to 70°

Output signal II

0.3 to 2.65 V for 0 to 70°

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS 6-10-35PN

Mating connector

AS 1-10-35SN

Pin 1

Terminal 30

Pin 2

Terminal 15

This Electronic Throttle Grip (ETG) eliminates the throttle
cables connecting the throttle grip and the throttle bodyand replaces them with an electronic connection.

Pin 3

Terminal 50 (Starter)

Pin 4

-

The grip is spring loaded to return to idle. A damping
element and 10° free play below the idle position provide
an optimal control for the rider. The grip includes two
redundant sets of magnetic sensors to ensure a maximum
safety.

Pin 5

5 V supply signal I

Pin 6

5 V supply signal II

Pin 8

Gnd signal I

Pin 9

Gnd signal II

Pin 12Signal I (screened)

Pin 13Signal II (screened)

The three positions of the integrated switch are: OFF, IGN
ON and START.

Installation Notes
Application

The ETG can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

Temperature range

0 to 80°C

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Electronic Throttle Control | Electronic Throttle Grip | 309

Dimensions

5

Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Grip ETG

www.bosch-motorsport.com

on request

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Chassis and Brake
Control

6
Chassis and Brake Control

www.bosch-motorsport.com

312

Bosch Engineering GmbH

312 | Chassis and Brake Control | Chassis and Brake Control

ABS M4 Kit

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11
Brake pressure (front brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration
Lateral acceleration
Yaw rate
12 position function switch
9 switch positions preconfigured
2 switch positions programmable
1 switch position for ABS function OFF
Brake light switch
Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)

6

Control of internal ABS valves
Control of pump motor

Features▶ suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and four-wheel
drive vehicles

The ABS M4 kit is developed for the operation in front,
rear or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wire
harness is included in the kit. The ABS M4 is specifically
adapted for motorsports use. Individual car parameters
can be calibrated with a software free of charge.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit with attached ECU
Dust and splash proof production
housing

Optional Accessories
Additional package ASR (Traction
control), includes software, map
switch and CAN module

on request

Additional package EBD (Electronic on request
Brake force Distribution)
Data logger C SportF 01T A20 061-01

Display DDU SportF 01T A20 050-01

Com. interface MSA Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Wheel speed signal splitter single
without connectors

F 02U V00 225-01

Single, motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 209-01

Quad, 2 motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 203-02

Quad, 1 motorsport connector

F 02U V00 335-02

Adapter wire harness for connection of data logger C SportF 02U V00 309-01

Communication

Vibration damped circuit board

CAN interface

38 pin connector

Content of Kit

2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)

Hydraulic unit with attached ECU

2 hydraulic high pressure pumps

Pressure sensor

2 hydraulic accumulators 3 ccm

Yaw/acceleration sensor

Standard fittings

2 x master cylinder M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinder M10 x 1

12 position function switch

Size

125 x 80.3 x 129.6 mm

ABS warning light

Weight1,850 gVehicle specific wire harness

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Vibrations damping boards

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

4 wheel speed sensors DF11 standard

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 16 V, max. 26 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption

8 W stand-by, 230 W in operation

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Chassis and Brake Control | Chassis and Brake Control | 313

Dimensions

6

Ordering Information
ABS M4 Kit 1
Wire harness with motorsport connectors,
customer-specific layout, wheel speed sensors with production-type connectors

F 02U V00 289-01

ABS M4 Kit 2
Wire harness with motorsport connectors,
customer-specific layout, wheel speed sensors with motorsport connectors

F 02U V00 290-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

7

Displays

Displayswww.bosch-motorsport.com

316

Bosch Engineering GmbH

316 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU Sport

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Dimensions

165 x 110 x 26 mm

Weight433 gMax. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix ormore informations at our homepage).

Temperature-10 to 65 °C

Electrical Data
7 sequential shift LEDs
512 MB data logger integrated
4 analog inputs (0 to 5 V) 10 bit resolution
4 digital inputs (HL = 2.5 to 32 V)
Real time clock
2 x CAN-Bus

7

1 x 100 Mbit LAN

Features▶ 512 MB memory, 4 programmable pages, 2 CAN
interfaces

Voltage supply range: 7,5 to 35 V
Sensor supply: 5 V, 500 mA▶ 160 x 110 x 26 mm

Software▶ 433 gData acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport via Ethernet▶ mating connectors straight / angled

Connectors
Mating connector straight, Binder
Series 712, 3 x 99 0425 00 08

3 x F 02U 002 202-01

The DDU Sport is a light and compact dashboard unit witha high contrast monochrome display. Customized display
configurations can be programmed to suit individual
customer requirements. All illuminated components aredimmable.

Mating connector angled, Binder
Series 712, 3 x 99 0425 70 08

3 x F 02U 001 514-01

For enhanced flexibility the DDU Sport can be interfaced
to a range of stand-alone I/O modules that provide thedriver with additional information or alternatively enable
the driver to interface with multiple vehicle functions.
The display has an integrated logger with a memory
capacity of 512 MB. Engine data of the ECU can bereceived via CAN interface.
Data acquisition and calibration software RaceLab Sportis inclusive.

Application
LCD display/LED background light
4 programmable pages
Active area

91 x 56 mm

Resolution

240 x 128 pixel

Dot size

0.38 x 0.41 mm

Mounting

4 x M5 threads on reverse side

4 internal switches for operation (pages, mode, setting), available also on
reverse side connectors

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Connector 1 (red)Pin 1

Input, digital 1

Pin 2

Input, digital 2

Pin 3

Input, digital 3

Pin 4

Input, digital 4

Pin 5

Input, terminal 30

Pin 6

Input, terminal 15

Pin 7

Input/Output, GND

Pin 8

Output, Us

Connector 2 (green)
Pin 1

Input, KEY4

Pin 2

Input, KEY3

Pin 3

Input, KEY2

Pin 4

Input, KEY1

Pin 5

Input, AIN3

Pin 6

Input, AIN2

Pin 7

Input, AIN1

Pin 8

Input, AIN0

Connector 3 (blue)
Pin 1

Input/Output, CANB-LOW

Pin 2

Input/Output, CANB-HIGH

Pin 3

Input/Output, CANA-LOW

Pin 4

Input/Output, CANA-HIGH

Pin 5

Input, RX-LAN

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Displays | Displays | 317

Pin 6

Input, RX+LAN

Pin 7

Input, TX-LAN

Pin 8

Input, TX+LAN

Ordering Information
DDU Sport
Without mating connectors

F 01T A20 050-01

DDU Sport
With straight mating connectors

F 01T A20 050-02

DDU Sport
With angled mating connectors

F 02U V00 426-01

7

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

318 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 4

Electrical Data
5 LED shift indicators (5 drivers, open collector, 2.2 A)
10 LED multi purpose indication lights
Dedicated battery voltage measurement
SoftwareConfiguration with RaceCon over MSA-Box
Environment
Aluminium holder

F 01E B01 457

Carbon fibre holder

F 01E B01 458

External switches for page selectand brightness adjustment

B 261 209 659

MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Connectors

7

Connector

AS 6-12-35PN

Features

Pin 1

Ubatt

▶ 12 programmable pages, CAN interface

Pin 2

Serial_RXD▶ shift lights, var. brightness

Pin 3

Serial_TXD▶ 164 x 117 x 37 mm

Pin 4

GND_shield▶ 753 g

Pin 5

CAN1_HI

Pin 6

CAN1_LO

Pin 7

GND

Pin 8

AGND

Pin 9

ANA1

Pin 10

ANA2

Pin 11

ANA3

Pin 12

ANA4

Pin 13

ANA5

Pin 14

Ubatt out

Pin 15

UNI_OUT1

Pin 16

CAN2_HIPin 17

CAN2_LO

Pin 18

ANA6

Pin 19ANA7

Pin 20

ANA8

Pin 21

ANA9

Pin 22

UNI_OUT2

The DDU 4 is a light and compact dashboard unit with ahigh contrast color display. Up to 12 customized display
pages can be programmed to suit individual customer
requirements. All illuminated components are dimmable.
Mathematic functions and alarms can be programmed andlinked to display values and LEDs. Using the CAN interface
the DDU 4 can be connected to any ECU.

Application
1x active matrix TFT high contrast colour display
Active area

111 x 83 mm

Resolution

320 x 240 pixel

Dot size

0.116 x 0.348 mm

Technical Specifications

Communication

Mechanical Data
Dimensions

164 x 117 x 37 mm

Weight753 gMax. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Temperature-10 to 75°C

Display panel with optical double-sided antiglare coating for highest contrast and display accuracy.

Bosch Engineering GmbH

1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages

Ordering Information
Display DDU 4
incl. wire, without holder

F 01E B01 461-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Displays | Displays | 319

Display DDU 6

Electrical Data
5 LED shift indicators
4 LED warning lights
SoftwareConfiguration with RaceCon over MSA-Box
Environment
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Connectors
Connector

AS 6-12-35PN

Pin 1

Ubatt

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

CAN1_HI

Pin 4

CAN1_LO

Features

Pin 5

Serial_RXD▶ 12 programmable pages, CAN interface

Pin 6

Serial_TXD

7▶ shift lights, var. brightness▶ 165 x 104 x 32 mm

Communication▶ 342 g1 x CAN interface for communication with ECU via CCP and free configurable for any ECU messages
The DDU 6 is a light and compact, steering wheel
mounted dashboard unit. It is equipped with a highcontrast color display. Up to 12 customized display
configurations can be programmed to suit individual
customer requirements. All illuminated components aredimmable.

Ordering Information
Display DDU 6

F 01E B01 459

Mathematic functions and alarms can be programmed andlinked to display values and LEDs.
Using the CAN interface the DDU 6 can be connected toany ECU.

Application
1x active matrix TFT high contrast color display
Active area

54 x 72 mm

Resolution

240 x 320 pixel

Integrated switches for page select and brightness adjustment.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Dimensions

165 x 104 x 32 mm

Weight342 gMax. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Temperature-10 to 65 °C

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

320 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 8

Online data compression
Data acquisition

up to 200 kB/s rate

Recording channels

up to 720 kB/s rate

Upload rate

1,000 kB/s

3-port network switch
Additional recording on USB flash drive
CCP-master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm

Weight675 g

Dust and splash water proof aluminum housing

7
Features▶ Full programmable full color dash board display▶ 161 x 111 x 31 (49) mm, 675 g▶ Software upgrades available

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 60 °C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix
or www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/o loads) 14 W at 14 V
InputsThe display DDU 8 integrates a programmable full color
dash board display with a data logging system for
motorsports applications. This allows for synchronizedacquisition and visualization of engine data from the ECU
and chassis data from up to 24 analog and 4 digital input
channels. Additional input devices can be connected via
the ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from theinternal 2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via highspeed ethernet or via wireless connection with the BT 60
burst telemetry system.
As a base system the DDU 8 is sold as display only.
Software upgrades for the DDU 8 (field upgradable byentering a key) activate data logger functionality,
additional recording on USB flash drive, CCP-master andadditional input channels.

2

Analog channels

4

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmOutputs
PWM outputs (Low side switch 2 A
each)

4

Sensor supply 5 V/350 mA

1

SoftwareConfiguration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II
Environment
External switch for page selection,
12 steps

B 261 209 658

External switch for brightness ad- B 261 209 659
justment or page selection, 6 steps

Application
Display

Page/brightness selection

5”full graphics color display
Multiple user configurable display
pages

USB flash drive 2 GB, preformatted F 02U V00 867-01
with Bosch file system BFS
USB flash drive and connector areavailable on request.

Multicolor (RGB) gearshift lights

Software Upgrade 1

Resolution

800 x 480 high resolution pixel

Activation of internal data logger

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital low
pass filter

Telemetry support

BT 60

Long range telemetry support

FM 40

Interface for telemetry (on yellow
connector)

RS232

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Acquisition rate

Bosch Engineering GmbHup to 1,000 Hz for all channels

2 GB

F 02U V00 701-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Displays | Displays | 321

Software Upgrade 2
Yellow connector unlocked
GPS input
Additional analog channels

20

Additional rotational channels (Input Hall/inductive)4

Additional sensor supplies
5 V/350 mA

3Additional sensor supply
10 V/350 mA

1Additional sensor supply
10 V/1 A non regulated

1

Interface for GPS

RS232
F 02U V00 702-01

Software Upgrade 3
CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer required)
F 02U V00 796-01

7

Software Upgrade 4
Requires software upgrade 1
USB-Port unlocked (USB Flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included, works with Bosch File System (BFS) preformatted USB
Flash drive only)
F 02U V00 871-01
Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors, double den- 2 x 41 pins
sity
Mating connector (red)AS DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector (yellow)
AS DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included
Required service interval: 12 months (replacement of internal battery)Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Laptrigger input (on yellow connector, always open)

1

Ordering Information
Display DDU 8

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 873-03

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

8

Data Logging Systems

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Loggers

324

Telemetry333

Telemetry Accessories

343

Lap Trigger Systems

346

Bosch Engineering GmbH324 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logger C SportElectrical Data
Max. power consumption

4 W at 14 V

Required power supply

7.5 to 35 V

1 CAN Bus link (ECU)
1 CAN Bus link (to cascade C Sportor attach DDU Sport)
1 Ethernet connector (for PC connection)
512 MB internal memory
Real time clock
4 digital inputs
4 analog single ended inputs 16 bit resolution
4 analog differential inputs 16 bit resolution
1 digital output
SoftwareFeatures

Data acquisition and calibration with RaceLab Sport via Ethernet▶ 210 gConnectors and wires▶ With straight, angled or without mating connectors

Mating connector straight, Binder Series 712
4 x 99 0425 00 084 x F 02U 002 202-01

8

Mating connector angled, Binder Series 712
4 x 99 0425 70 084 x F 02U 001 514-01
The data logger C Sport is a very compact and lightweightdata logger. It offers analog and digital signals. The
measured data is stored on an internal 512 MB memory.
Engine data of the ECU can be received via CAN interface.
Acquisition and calibration software RaceLab Sport isinclusive.

Application
Compatible ECUs

MS 3 SportMS 4 SportMS 4 Sport Turbo
MS 4.4MS 4.4 Sport
MS 4.4 Sport Turbo

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Connector 1 (bottom right)
Pin 1

Input, terminal 15

Pin 2

Input, terminal 30

Pin 3

OutputPin 4

Output, TX+ LAN

Pin 5

Output, TX- LAN

Pin 6

Input, RX+ LAN

Pin 7

Input, RX- LAN

Pin 8

Input/Output, GND

Connector 2 (top right)
Pin 1

Input/output, CANB-LOW

Pin 2

Input/output, CANB-HIGH

Pin 3

Input, digital 1

Pin 4

Input, digital 2

Pin 5

Input, digital 3

Pin 6

Input, digital 4

Pin 7

Output, US

Pin 8

Input/output, GND

Connector 3 (top left)

Size

102 x 62 x 27 mm

Pin 1

Input, analog 6+

Weight

210 g

Pin 2

Input, analog GND 5/6

Aluminium housing

Pin 3

Input, analog 7+

Flexible housing fixation points

Pin 4

Input, analog 8+

Temperature range-20 to 65 °C

Pin 5

Input, analog GND 7/8

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Pin 6

Input, CANA-LOW

Pin 7

Input, CANA-HIGH

Pin 8

Input, analog 5+

Connector 4 (bottom left)

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Pin 1

Diff. input, analog 1-

Pin 2

Diff. input, analog 2+

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 325

Pin 3

Diff. input, analog 2-

Pin 4

Diff. input, analog 3+

Pin 5

Diff. input, analog 3-

Pin 6

Diff. input, analog 4+

Pin 7

Diff. input, analog 4-

Pin 8

Diff. input, analog 1+

Ordering Information
C Sport (without mating connectors)

F 01T A20 061-01

C Sport (with mating connectors straight)

F 01T A20 061-02

C Sport (with mating connectors angled)

F 02U V00 427-01

8

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH326 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logger CardMemory
C 40

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

7 W at 14 V

1 microcontroller with 16 bit organisation
1 CAN interface
Real time clock
Non volatile flash card memory
Total calculation capacity approximately 10 MIPS
Optional Functionality
15 analog inputs with 10 bit resolution and 5 ms sample rate time (only C
40 Plus)
1 inductive crankshaft sensor interface
Sensor supply outputs

5 V/100 mA
10 V/100 mA

Calibration functions are realized with an additional software tool.
Environment

Features8▶ 330 g▶ 40 pins / AS 0-14-35 SN Connector

Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Memory adapter (red; incl.)

B 261 206 864-01

C 40 adapter cable

B 261 209 433

The CardMemory is a device used for data logging. The
basic model C 40 is designed for data transfer via CAN for
Bosch Motorsport ECUs. The extended model
C 40 Plus is developed to read in additional 15 analog
signals and 1 rev signal. The measured data are stored on
a compact flash card (not included).

Connectors and wires

The memory adapter (red) is included in delivery.

Installation Notes

Mating connector C 40 AS0

ASO-14-35 SN

Mating connector C 40 Plus AS0

ASO-14-35 SN

Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

Application
Compatible ECUs

MS 3 SportMS 4 Sport

Ordering Information

MS 4 Sport Turbo

CardMemory C 40

F 01T A20 403

MS 4.4

CardMemory C 40 Plus

B 261 206 860

MS 4.4 Sport

CardMemory C 40 Plus incl. SW Chassis
Adjust

B 261 206 880-02

MS 4.4 Sport Turbo

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminium housing
Flexible housing fixation points
Size

150 x 90 x 22 mm

Weight

330 g

ECU temperature-40 to 75 °C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus
at 20 Hz to 2 kHz for t < 5 hBosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 327

Data Logging Accessories

Compact flash cards, adapters and drivers are necessary
to use the CardMemory. For some optional functions
additional wires and software are on offer.

8Compact flash cards are offered with a storage capacity of
up to 2048 MB. The compact flash card adapter is used toinsert the card to the PCMCIA slot of the PC for data
download and card formatting.
In conjunction with the memory C40 Plus, a software tool
for additional calibration functions is offered. Together
with an individual wiring harness it is possible to calibrate
further sensors for chassis data logging. To connect
memory C40 to the vehicle wiring harness the special C40
adapter wire is necessary.

Application
Operating temperature-40 to 84 °C

Humidity

5 % to 95 %, non condensing

Vibration

15 g peak to peakShockmax. 2,0 g

Ordering Information
Flash card 128 MB

F 01E B01 105-01

Flash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Flash card 2048 MB

F 01E B01 109-01

Memory adapter (red)B 261 206 864-01

Flash card adapter

B 261 205 814-01

Software Chassis Adjust

B 261 206 870

C40 adapter wire

B 261 209 433

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

328 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Data Logging System DLS
The Data Logging System (DLS) is a scalable, versatile,and flexible measurement system for conditioning andacquisition of sensor data in a race car. The DLS productfamily consists of several hardware and software
components which allow easy adoption to various
measurement requirements.
Core component of the DLS is the C 55 data logger. It
performs system configuration and management tasks andalso serves as a communication hub for the PC
configuration software. The C 55 communicates via its
network interfaces with the ECU and up to eight MSI 55
sensor interface boxes to enable synchronized acquisitionof engine and chassis data. The MSI 55 sensor interfaces
provide high quality signal conditioning and data
conversion functionality.

8

DLS configuration software

RaceCon

System software

RaceCon, WinDarab

Technical Specifications
Technical Details
High measuring accuracy by 12 bits A/D converter resolution and tenfold
oversamplingHigh recording rate up to 1 ms
High recording duration by CF card up to 1 GB
Online compression of measurement data
Highly linear analog and digital filters
Modular concept allows scalable system
Synchronized acquisition of ECU and chassis channels
Connectivity and data transfer via telemetry
Online calibration and system diagnosis with RaceCon (included)

Additionally the FM 40 telemetry transmitter and the BT
60 burst telemetry device can be connected.
Various CAN expansio

Application
Components
Data logger, system manager

C 55

Burst telemetry

BT 60, BR 60

Online telemetry

FM 40

Modular sensor interface

MSI 55Extended CAN modules

EM-I4, EM-C, EM-A6, EM-H4

Dimensions

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 329

Data Logger CardMemory
C 55

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

157 x 92 x 30 mm

Weight

500 g

Aluminium housing
Operating temperature-20 to 65 °C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

20 W at 14 V

1 CAN interface
2 Fire wire interfaces
2 Ethernet interfaces (100 MBit)
Real time clock
Non volatile flash card memory
Environment

Features▶ 500 gFlash card 256 MB

F 01E B01 106-01

Flash card 512 MB

F 01E B01 107-01

Flash card 1,024 MB

F 01E B01 108-01

Memory adapter (red; incl.)

B 261 206 864-01

Installation Notes
The CardMemory C 55 is a device used for data logging
and DLS system management. The measured data isstored on a removable compact flash card with amaximum capacity of 1,024 MB (flash card notincluded).The memory adaptor (red) is included indelivery.
The C 55 supports two parallel measurement
configurations and recording rates from 1 s to 1 ms. Data
from different Bosch ECUs can be recorded via the
Ethernet and FireWire buses. For sensor signal acquisition
up to eight MSI 55 devices connected via FireWire aresupported.

Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

Ordering Information
Data Logger CardMemory C 55

F 01T B01 630

Long range as well as high-speed burst telemetry is
possible utilizing the FM 40 and BT 60 devices.

Application
Compatible ECUs

MS 5.0MS 5.1
MS 5.5MS 5.2
MS 15.1
MS 15.2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH8

330 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Modular Sensor Interface
MSI 55

Electrical Data
Max. power consumption

20 W at 14 V

16 bit digital signal processor, 150 MIPS
Required power supply

8 at 18 V

4 differential analog inputs with switchable amplifier and switchable pullup resistor
12 single ended analog inputs with switchable pullup resistor
All analog inputs offer analog and digital anti-aliasing filter and 12 bit ADC
resolution
4 frequency inputs 0 to 25.5 kHz for inductive sensor / Hall-effect sensor
2 digital I/O
2 PWM outputs 100 mA
5 V sensor power supply
3 to 10 V configurable sensor power supply
12 V sensor power supply

Communication

8

Freely configurable 1 Mbit CAN Bus

Features▶ 600 gOrdering Information
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55

F 01T A20 024

The MSI 55 is a high quality signal conditioning and dataacquisition unit for analogue and digital sensors.
The MSI 55 offers 16 configurable analog inputs. Eachanalog input channel features a 4th order analog prefilter,
10 x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The
cut-of frequency of the digital filters is automaticallyadjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency of thedigital filters is corrected during recoding, yielding zero
filter delay in the recorded data. The evaluation of each
MSI measurement channel is individually configurable.
Data is sent via FireWire interface to the C 55 data logger.

Application
High quality signal conditioning and data acquisition unit
For analogue and digital sensors

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

120 x 117 x 38 mm

Weight

600 g

Aluminium housing
Filtered connectors of motorsports design with high pin density
Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Operating temperature-20 to 65 °C

Max. vibration

15g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5h

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers | 331

Data Logger C 60

Additional recording on USB Flash drive
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Dust and splasher water proof aluminium housing
Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 65 °C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsFeatures▶ 465 g

The Data Logger C 60 is a compact and light weight data
logging system for motorsport applications. This allows
for synchronized acquisition of engine data from the ECU,
and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4 digital input
channels. Additional input devices can be connected via
Ethernet and CAN buses. Recorded data from the internal
2 GB flash memory can be downloaded via high speed
Ethernet or via wireless connection with the BT 60 burst
telemetry system.
As a base system the C 60 is sold as data logger only. The
software upgrades for the C 60 (field upgradable byentering a key) activate additional recording on USB Flashdrive, CCP-Master and additional input channels.

Application
8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter
Configurable math channels

Analog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kΩ

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2A
each)

4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA each)

1

Environment
USB Flash drive 2 GB Bosch File
System (BFS) preformatted

F 02U V00 867-01

Ruggedized USB Flash drive and connector are available on request.
Software Upgrade 1
GPS Input
Additional analog channels

20

Rotational channels (input hall/inductive)4

Additional sensor supply 5 V (350mA each)3

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA each) 1

User configurable CAN in/out messages

Sensor supply 12 V (1A non regulated)1

Up to 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels

RS232

GPS

2 GB storage capacity

Software Upgrade 2

Online data compression
Up to 200 KB/s data acquisition rate
Up to 720 recording channels
1,000 KB/s upload rate

CCP-Master

ASAP2 file from ECU manufacturer
required

Software Upgrade 3

FM 40 long range telemetry support

USB flash drive 2 GB Bosch File System (BFS) format included, works
with BFS preformatted USB flash
drive only

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

3-port network switch
BT 60 WLAN burst telemetry support

USB-Port unlocked

8332 | Data Logging Systems | Data Loggers

Connectors and wires
Autosport connectors double density

2 x 41 pin

Mating connector I
AS-DD 6-12-41SN

F 02U 002 216-01

Mating connector I I
AS-DD 6-12-41SA

F 02U 004 180-01

Installation Notes
Internal battery for data preservation included.
Required service interval 12 months (internal battery is replaced).

Communication
Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

8

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

RS232

Telemetry

Lap trigger input

1

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 60

F 02U V00 875-03

Software Options
Software Upgrade 1

F 02U V00 703-01

Software Upgrade 2

F 02U V00 797-01

Software Upgrade 3

F 02U V00 872-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 333

Online Telemetry System
Overview

Application
Transmission of online measurement data
Components
Telemetry transmitter FM40

The Bosch Motorsport Online Telemetry System enables
the transmission of online measurement data from a car
on a racetrack. The vehicle part of the system consists ofa data logger (C 40, C 55 or C 60) and the FM 40
telemetry transmitter. From the data logger data is sent
via a RS232 connection to the FM 40. The FM 40 adds
framing and error correction information to the data
stream and modulates its RF output which is fed via anantenna wire to the TX antenna.
In the pits, the RF signal is picked up by an RX antennaconnected to the pit receiver box. Inside the receiver box,
the signal is filtered and amplified by a low noise filter
amplifier. It is then sent to a UHF modem. The modem
demodulates the data stream and performs error
correction, if necessary. The output stream passes thedata converter and is transferred via a connection wire to
the server PC in the garage. This PC decodes the car’s
telemetry stream and distributes the information over thepit network.
Due to the high transmission power of 1 to 10 W of the
Bosch FM 40 telemetry transmitter, near 100 % coverageis achieved on most tracks, even under race conditions
with high RF interference.

Data logger C40, C55 or C60
Pit receiver box

Functions
Good data quality even under race conditions with high RF interference.

Technical Specifications
High transmission power of 1 to 10 W
Near 100 % coverage on most tracks
Framing and error correction
Environmet

8

Car antenna
Pit antenna
Server PC
Ethernet pit network

Dimensions

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH334 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Telemetry Unit FM 40

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 138 x 28 mm

Weight720 g

Housing with LED indicators
Car antenna compatible to existing Bosch telemetry systems.
Electrical Data
Half duplex radio modem (bidirectional)Internal data buffer and protocol management
Frequency range

430 to 470 MHz (hardware adjustable)F(center) ± 1 MHz (software programmable)

8

Features▶ 750 g
▶ 1 to 10 W transmission power▶ Max. 2.5 A▶ Max. 25 W at 14 V

Transmission power

1 to 10 W

Receiver sensitivity-116 dBm error detection and forward error correction (FEC)

RF channel bandwidth

12,5 kHz at 9.6 kbps25 kHz at 19.2kbps

Data interface

RS232

Data rate

9.6 / 19.2 kbps

Required power supply

10 to 18 V

Max. current< 2,5 A

Operation temperature range

0 to 60 °C

Connectors and Wires
The FM 40 is a half-duplex radio modem suitable for realtime telemetry transmission from a car on the racetrack.
The unit is offered in different hardware versions forseveral frequency bands in the 430 to 470 MHz range.
Within the selected band, the transmission frequency issoftware programmable in a ±1 MHz range. The high RF
output power of up to 10 W gives excellent range andgood track coverage.

RF

BNC female

Power / data

CGK SOT 8N35 PN

Ordering Information
Telemetry Unit FM 40

B 261 208 898-01

From the data acquisition system transmit data is fed into
the FM 40 via a RS232 interface. Typically the FM 40 isoperated as an unidirectional telemetry transmitter. For
other applications, half duplex bidirectional operation is
also possible.

Application
Max. vibration

60 m/s2 at 20 Hz to 2 kHz

Max. power consumption

25 W at 14 V

International standard

I-ETS 300 220, ETS 300 113, FCC

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 335

Pit Receiver Box 1

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight4.2 kgElectrical Data
Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8 data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

12 V (10 to 14 V)

Power consumption

approx. 7 W

Dimensions
Features8▶ 4.2 kg
▶ Max. 7 W

The Pit Receiver Box 1 integrates all electronic
components necessary to receive telemetry data from a
car equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one
weatherproof package. Typically the receiver box ismounted on the pit roof as close as possible to the RX
antenna, thus minimizing cable loss. The connection wire
to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m
long, also supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Box 1 contains all electronic components and wires
necessary to receive data from a single car, preassembled
in a weatherproof box.
The external RX antenna is connected to a low noise filter
amplifier (LNA 1). The amplified signal is then fed into the
UHF receiver which decodes the data stream. The data
converter is used to transmit the data via the connection
cable to the server PC in the garage.

Application
Max. distance receiver box to PC(with wire B 261 209 481)

50 m

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Data and power connector

motorsports typeWorking temperature range-20° to 50° C

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Box 1

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 01T A20 451-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

336 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Pit Receiver Box 1/R

Electrical Data
Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8 data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

12 V (10 to 14 V)

Power consumption

approx. 7 W

Dimensions

8

Features▶ 4.2 kg
▶ Max. 7 W

The Pit Receiver Box 1/R integrates all electronic
components necessary to receive telemetry data from a
car equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one
weatherproof package. Typically the receiver box ismounted on the pit roof as close as possible to the RX
antenna, thus minimizing wire loss. The connection wire
to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m
long, also supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Box 1/R includes two separate receiver systems
which enable the parallel reception of two telemetry data
streams. Two RX antennas can be connected to the twin
low noise filter amplifiers (LNA 1, LNA 2).
Typical applications are the reception of telemetry datafrom two cars or a system configuration with one car anda telemetry relay station.

Application
Max. distance receiver box to PC(with wire B 261 209 481)

50 m

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Ordering Information

Data and power connector

motorsports type

Pit Receiver Box 1/R

Working temperature range-20° to 50° C

F 01T A20 453

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
WeightBosch Engineering GmbH

4.2 kgwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 337

Pit Receiver Box 2Electrical Data
Frequency range

400 to 470 MHz

Working frequency bandfc ±1 MHz

Channel spacing

12.5/25 kHz

Sensitivity≤ -116 dBm at BER 10-3

Serial interface

RS232 (19.2 kBit/s, no parity, 8 data bit, 1 stop bit, no flow control)

Radio data rate

19.2 kbps (25 kHz channel)
9.6 kbps (12.5 kHz channel)

Operating voltage

12 V (10 to 14 V)

Power consumption

approx. 7 W

Dimensions

Features8▶ 4.2 kg
▶ Max. 7 W

The Pit Receiver Box 1 integrates all electronic
components necessary to receive telemetry data from a
car equipped with a FM 40 transmitter in one
weatherproof package. Typically the receiver box ismounted on the pit roof as close as possible to the RX
antenna, thus minimizing wire loss. The connection wire
to the receiving PC in the garage, which can be up to 50 m
long, also supplies power to the Pit Receiver Box.
The Pit Receiver Box 2 contains two UHF receivers fed bya single RX antenna and low noise filter amplifier (LNA).
This enables parallel telemetry data reception from twocars, provided both transmitters operate in the same
frequency band.

Application
Max. distance receiver box to PC(with wire B 261 209 481)

50 m

Antenna connector

BNC (Jack) 50 Ω

Data and power connector

motorsports typeWorking temperature range-20° to 50° C

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Box 2

F 01T A20 455

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight4.2 kgwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

338 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry8

Pit Receiver Package 1

Pit Receiver Package 1/R

The Pit Receiver Packages 1 contain antennas, rf wires,
data wires and the controller box, i.e. everything that isrequired to start operation.

The Pit Receiver Packages 1/R contain antennas, rf wires,
data wires and the controller box, i.e. everything that isrequired to start operation.

Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications

Package Parts

Package Parts

Pit Receiver Box 1

F 01T A20 451

Pit Receiver Box 1/R

F 01T A20 453

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting wire (50 m)

B 261 209 481

HF antenna wire pit (3 m)

B 261 209 492

Control module RS 232 / RS 422
pit

B 261 208 871

Panel antenna pit 12 dBi

B 261 208 868

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Connecting wire (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS 232 / RS 422
pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package 1

F 01T A20 452

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package 1/R

Bosch Engineering GmbHF 01T A20 454

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 339

Pit Receiver Package 2

The Pit Receiver Package 2 contains antennas, rf wires,
data wires and the controller box, i.e. everything that isrequired to start operations.

8

Technical Specifications
Package Parts
Pit Receiver Box 2

F 01T A20 455

HF antenna wire (8 m)

B 261 209 493

Rod antenna pit 7 dbi (2 m)

B 261 208 867

Connecting wire (50 m)

B 261 209 481

Control module RS 232 / RS 422
pit

B 261 208 871

Telescopic aerial mast (7.7 m)

B 261 208 873

Ordering Information
Pit Receiver Package 2

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 01T A20 456

Bosch Engineering GmbH

340 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry System
Overview

8

The Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System ideallycomplements the FM 40 long range telemetry. Highresolution measurement data, as stored in the data loggerof the data acquisition system, is transferred
automatically to the pit server PC when the car passes thepits or the car is in the garage. This gives two advantages:
high resolution measurement data is already available in
the pit network while the car is still out on track, enabling
instant analysis and saving valuable track time. While thecar is in the garage, the burst telemetry system gives asignificant handling advantage: measurement data istransferred automatically to the pit server PC, e.g. afterengine test runs. The RF system operates in the licensefree 5.1 … 5.8 GHz ISM band. The 32 selectable nonoverlapping channels allow great flexibility in channel
selection. The robust OFDM transmission scheme incombination with the high-quality band filter yieldexcellent performance even in environments with high RF
noise. Typically good data reception can be achieved in aradius of approx. 300 m around the pit station, dependingon antenna location and track topology. If necessary,
reception range can be extended by an optional remotereceiver station. During the running lap, the dataacquisition system stores engine and chassis data in nonvolatile memory. When a laptrigger is received, the current
file is closed and data is prepared for burst transmission.
As soon as the car reaches the reception range of the pit
receiver, data transmission starts automatically. An
intelligent algorithm chooses the lapfile to transmit andresumes transmission if the link has been interrupted.
Typically 6 Mbytes of measurement data can betransferred per lap during a race. The bi-directionaltransmission scheme ensures error-free reception. Privacyof measurement data is ensured by 128-bit WEP
encryption.

Application
6 MB measurement per lap
Bidirectional transmission scheme
Privacy ensured by 128-bit WEP encryption

Technical Specifications
32 selectable non-overlapping channels
Operates in license-free 5.1 to 5.8 MHz band
Best reception 300 m around pit

Dimensions

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry | 341

Burst Telemetry Pit
Module BR 60F

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size (overall incl. antenna)

705 x 145 x 47 mm

Weight1,250 gInterface connector

AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Electrical Data
Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data ratetyp. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 10 dBi; omnidirectional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDC

Temperature range-20 to +85 °C

Features

Ordering Information▶ 1250 g

Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F

8
F 02U V00 047-02▶ +26 dBm transmission power▶ Max. 3.5 W

The BR 60F pit module is the stationary component of the
Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The high gain
omnidirectional antenna is mounted directly at thereceiver, minimizing wire loss. The weatherproof housing
allows outdoor mounting of the unit, e.g. on the pit roof.
12 V DC power and 100 MBit Ethernet connection to thepit server PC is supplied via the connecting wire, which
can be up to 75m long. The system operates in the 5.1 to
5.8 GHz ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping
channels. The high quality band filter eliminates out-ofband RF noise. This enables fully encrypted high speed
data transmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. A
directional antenna is available as an option.

Application
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210,CE

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH342 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry

Burst Telemetry Car
Module BT 60F

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

139 x 96 x 22 mm

Weight370 g

Antenna connector

SMA(f)

Interface connector

AS008-35SA (Deutsch)

Electrical Data

8

Radio modem

Full duplex (bidirectional)

Transmission power+26 dBm

Receiver sensitivity-91 dBm at 12 Mbps

Frequency range

5.1 to 5.8 GHz ISM BandAir data ratetyp. 12 (max. 54) Mbps

Data interface

Ethernet TP10/100

AntennaGain = 3 dBi; omnidirectional

Power supply

8 to 18 V

Rated current

0.25 A at 12 VDC

Temperatur range-20 to +85 °C

Features▶ 370 gOrdering Information▶ +26 dBm transmission power

Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F

F 02U V00 038-02▶ Max. 3.5 W

The BT 60F car module is the vehicle component of the
Bosch Motorsport Burst Telemetry System. The compact
and lightweight unit receives measurement data via a 100
MBit Ethernet connection from the data acquisition
system and communicates with the pit module over the
RF antenna. The system operates in the 5.1 to 5.8 GHz
ISM band and offers 32 non-overlapping channels. Aninternal high quality band filter eliminates out-of-band RF
noise, which enables fully encrypted high speed datatransmission at 12 MBit under race conditions. Online
diagnosis and performance monitoring is possible via thedata acquisition system.

Application
Max. Vibration

Vibration profile 1

Max. power consumption

3.5 W

Radio air interface

IEEE 802.11a

Wireless approvals

FCC Part 15.247, IC RS210,CE

Encryption

WEP/WPA

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 343

FM 40 Tester

Telemetry Antenna
Dummy Load

The FM 40 Tester is used to check the performance of
telemetry components installed in the car which includes
the FM 40 in conjunction with the RF wire and theantenna. The FM 40 tester indicates RF output power aswell as defective RF wires or car antennas enabling quick
detection of faulty components.

The telemetry antenna dummy load replaces the telemetry
car antenna when running the FM 40 transmitter in theworkshop or the garage. It reduces high power RF
radiation.

Technical Specifications

Technical Specifications

Electrical Data

Electrical Data
1 to 15 (60) W

RF power

15 W

VSWR

1 to 6VSWR

1.1

Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Frequency band

VHF / UHF

Transmission power

Connectors and Wires

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

www.bosch-motorsport.com

BNC male / female

Ordering Information

Ordering Information
FM 40 TesterRF

B 261 208 894

Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load

B 261 208 900-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH8

344 | Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories

Telemtry Car AntennaSingle Band

Telemtry Car Antenna
Dual Band

Rugged telemetry antennas for car mounting.

8

Rugged telemetry antennas for car mounting.

Ordering Information
Telemtry Car Antenna Single Band

B 261 208 888-01

Technical Specifications
Parameters
Frequency band

VHF / UHFType

1/4λ5/8λ

Pattern (hor.)omni

Length

440 mmConnectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Telemtry Car Antenna Dual Band

Bosch Engineering GmbHB 261 208 862

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Telemetry Accessories | 345

Antenna Cable Kit

RF wire for the installation of telemetry antennas in thecar. Intended for single hole mounting.

8

Technical Specifications
Parameters
LengthMax. 2m (tbd.)

Drill hole diameter

12,5 mm

Attenuation

Max. 0.7 dB at 2 m, 450 MHz

Connectors and WiresRF

BNC male / female

Ordering Information
Antenna Cable Kit

www.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 209 490-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH346 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver

Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Output voltage

5V

Working temperature- 25 to 70 °C

Ordering Information
IR-02 Receiver KPSE 6E8 3AP DN A34

B 261 206 884-03

IR-02 Receiver ASL-6-06-05PD-HE

B 261-206 887-01

IR-02 Receiver KPTA 6E6-4P-C-DN

B 261 206 888-01

Features8▶ Infared▶ 39 g▶ 15 m working range▶ Different connectors available

This laptrigger system consists of an infrared transmitter
station and a receiver installed in the car. The systemallows an exact laptime measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.
The receiver output signal pin is switched to ground for
20 ms when the car passes the main transmitter.
Notice: our old laptrigger IR is not compatible with IR-02.
If both laptriggers are used at the same time, thetransmitters have to be positioned with a minimum
distance of 5 m.

Application
Working range

15 m

Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

42 x 20 x 10 mm

Weight39 g

Aluminium housing

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 347

Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter

8

Features▶ Infared▶ 124 g▶ 15 m working range

Application
Working range

15 m

Same height between receiver and transmitter
Visibility connection between receiver and transmitter
Avoid direct exposure to sunlight

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size with diode90 x 40 x 28 mm

Weight124 g

Aluminium housing
Electrical Data
Frequency codes

16 plus 16 offset codes for section
times

Supply voltage

8 to 16 V

Working temperature- 25 to 70 °C

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitterwww.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 206 890-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH348 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger HF 24
ReceiverElectrical Data
RF wideband chirp transmission
Working frequency band

2,40 to 2,47 GHz

User codes

16

Sensitivity-92 dBm at BER 10-3; 1 Mbps

Supply voltage

6,5 to 30 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL 6-06-05PD-HE

Pin 1+ 12 V

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

Trigger out

Mechanical drawing

Y 261 A25 087

Features▶ High frequency

Installation Notes▶ 130 g▶ Up to 50 m working range

8This laptrigger system HF 24 consists of a high frequency
transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in thecar.
The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.
We offer optionally a tripod for mounting the transmitter
anywhere along the race track.

Before switching on the DC power the code has to be selected.
After switching ON the receiver executes a 10 sec. self test and then itturns into the working mode.
When a trigger is detected the output pin goes low for a certain time:-20 msec low at main trigger-40 msec low at sub trigger
Standard output configuration:
Low side switch with R = 3.3 kOhm (*) to +5 VDC can be modified according to user demands
The white antenna radome must be turned to the transmitter side andshould not be mounted behind metallic covers or carbon fiber filled elements.
Green indicator flashes when it detects a trigger condition.
Function Description
The transmitter sends via the directional antenna coded signals across therace track.

Application
Working range

up to 50 m

Ambient temperature-10 to 85 °C

Power consumption HF 24

0,8 W

The receiver at the race car checks permanently the team code and thesignal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected the receiver generates the appropriate output signal (main/sub trigger).
The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna.
After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a period of two seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

125 x 37 x 28 mm

Weight130 g

Internal antenna with radome
Aluminium housing

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 349

Dimensions

8

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 24 Receiverwww.bosch-motorsport.com

B 261 206 894-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH

350 | Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems

Lap Trigger HF 24 Transmitter

Electrical Data
Transmission power

10 dBmTransmitter antenna

flat panel

Supply voltage

10 to 30 V

Supply current

90 mA

Selection main / sub trigger
Low battery detection
Mechanical drawing

Y 261 A25 038

RF wideband chirp transmission
Working frequency band

2,40 to 2,47 GHz

User codes

16

Installation Notes
Before setting the main switch to ON, select the code and the working
mode (main / sub trigger).
The transmitter reads the switches for code and main / sub trigger only
once at power up.

8

After setting the main switch to ON the transmitter executes a 10 sec. self
test and then the transmitter indicator begins to flash green, e.g. thetransmitter is running.

Features▶ High frequency▶ 1880 g▶ Up to 50 m working range

The battery condition is permanently checked. If the battery level becomes critical, the “low bat indicator” becomes red. When the battery level drops below 10 V, the transmitter stops working. The green transmitter
indicator stops flashing.
The transmitter should be placed at the border of the lane in a height ofabout 1.5 to 2.0 m.

This laptrigger system HF 24 consists of a high frequency
transmitter station and a receiver which is installed in thecar.

Function Description

The system allows an exact lap time measurement.
Section time measurement for comparison of different car
setups is also available if several transmitters are used.
We offer optionally a tripod for mounting the transmitter
anywhere along the race track.

The receiver at the race car checks permanently the team code and thesignal parameters. If the trigger condition is detected the receiver generates the appropriate output signal (main/sub trigger).

The transmitter sends via the directional antenna coded signals across therace track.

The trigger point is located at broadside of the transmitter antenna.
After detecting the trigger point and releasing the trigger signal the receiver is passive for a period of two seconds avoiding a multiple trigger signal.

Application
Working range

Up to 50m

Ambient temperature-10° to 85° C

Power consumption

1W

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

290 x 118 x 93 mm

Weight1880 g

TripodMaximum height~ 150 cm

Minimum height~ 65 cm

Weight1370 gBosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Data Logging Systems | Lap Trigger Systems | 351

Dimensions

8

Ordering Information
Lap Trigger HF 24 Transmitter

B 261 206 895-01

Lap Trigger HF 24 Tripod

B 261 206 897

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

9

Softwarewww.bosch-motorsport.com

Calibration

354

Simulation

357

Analysis

358

Bosch Engineering GmbH354 | Software | Calibration

Modas

Technical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free HD space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Ordering Information
Modas

Free download atwww.boschmotorsport.com

Features▶ Calibration software for measuring and calibrating.

9

Modas is a software tool for measuring and calibrating
defined engine values and curves. It is specially designed
for racetrack use. Developing Modas we set great store byeasy handling and quick access to the ECU.

Application
Online measurement and calibration
Universal use for different ECUs
Modas facilitates operating and working in by using the Windows standard. In the office Modas is controlled by mouse or menu. If Modas is used
in a mobile way a fast grip is possible by keyboard and shortcuts.
Project (Data) management
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurementand documentation data
Programming system
Programming and management of calibration data
Calibrations system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters
Diagnosis system
Visualization, processing, documentation and evaluation of diagnosis data

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Software | Calibration | 355

Modas Sport

Technical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Approx. 512 MB RAM
Approx. 100 MB free HD space
VGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

WinDarab Free data analysis Software

On request

Ordering Information
Modas Sport

Features▶ Calibrating software for Bosch Motorsport ECUs.

Free download atwww.boschmotorsport.com

9

Modas Sport is the calibrating tool for Bosch Motorsport
ECUs. It integrates a lot of sensefull features to manage
our engine control units at the dyno and the racetrack.

Application
Calibration tool for MS 3, MS 4.x, MS 5.x, MS 15, MS 3 Sport, MS 4
Sport, MS 15 Sport
Visualization, processing and management of calibration, measurementand documentation data
Measuring system
Numeric data visualization
Bitwise, decimal, hexadecimal data visualization
Recording of measurement data (needs WinDarab to analyze)
Oscilloscope (graphic data visualization)
Calibration system
Visualization and manipulation of parameters (calibration data)
Parameter file manager
Data file manager (copy & compare)
Macro manager
Potiboard support integrated
Administration
Work base management
Integrated K-Line flashing tool
Intuitive design, easy to use, based on latest technology

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH356 | Software | Calibration

RaceConTechnical Specifications
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 2 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Ordering Information
RaceConbundled with Bosch
Motorsport
hardwareFeatures▶ An all integrated software tool for configuration andcalibration.

9
RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for
configuration / calibration of Bosch Motorsport hardware
products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The
communication is based on Bosch Motorsport MSA-Box
interface.

Application
Calibration of ECU maps and curves
ECU data file up- and download
Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport DLS system
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (Baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Software | Simulation | 357

LapSimFunctions
Data Analysis
Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models. Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differential function, etc.
Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility
to analyze tire performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation model.
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thorough understanding.
By comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibilityof vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Files and creates automatic database.
Chassis Simulation model
Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.

Features▶ Basic / Chassis / Engine Versions available▶ Upgrades available

Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D Aero maps
Ride height dependent suspension kinematics
Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car(PVI - 3 GHz)
Automatic set-up optimization

9

Engine Simulation model
LapSim Chassis
is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation
program. By further processing the on-car recorded data,using parts of the simulation models, a much more
profound analysis of the vehicle behavior can be gained.
Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle
parameters can be validated like aerodynamics, tire
behavior, engine power, as well as driver performance.
The visualization of the vehicle behavior creates a mucheasier and better understanding of the influence of several
vehicle parameters on the performance independent of
the technical background of the user.

Engine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition angle
Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor2,3,4 and 5 valve
cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression ratios
and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in cylinder
Fully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft, which is integrated to calculate engine torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 – 10,000 rpm range

LapSim Engine
supplies an easy to use engine simulation package
capable of generating a torque/power and acorresponding ignition curves out of the main parametersof an engine. The model is able to simulate any 4-stroke
spark ignition (SI) race engine currently seen on themarket, with or without air restrictor(s). To summarize,
the engine software is aiming for 95% accuracy but 5%
the effort of complex engine software packages. The
engine software avoids a vast number of variables in orderto define every engine detail, in order to improve usability
as well as computational performance. The engine
package is integrated in the lap simulation.

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Basic Version

Free download atwww.boschmotorsport.com

LapSim Chassis License

B 261 206 432

LapSim Engine License

F 01T A20 056

LapSim Chassis and Engine License

F 01T A20 057

Upgrade LapSim Engine License

F 01T A20 058

Upgrade LapSim Chassis License

F 01T A20 059

Update LapSim Chassis or Engine

F 02U V00 287-01

Update LapSim Chassis and Engine

F 02U V00 288-01

Bosch Engineering GmbH358 | Software | Analysis

WinDarab

Application
Data evaluation
Auto load and auto store
Adjustable axis: time or distanceDirect read-in of memory data without reader
Graphic display of all measured and stored channels
Various displays available (analogue and digital)
Various display set-ups selectable and storable
Laptrigger signal included
Functions
Creating of race tracks
Several segments adjustable for each race track
Lap reports and lap comparison
Inform displays
Data extract and export
Min./max. calculations

Features▶ Light / Expert / Free Versions available▶ Upgrade available

Histograms
Mathematical functions
Filter functions incl. FFT
x/y-plots
Calculation of differences lap by lap

9WinDarab is an evaluation tool for monitoring andanalyzing logged data. It is Windows-based and speciallydesigned for motorsports use. Depending on thefunctionality the software is available in different versions,
WinDarab-Light and WinDarab-Expert. Additional we offer
a “Free“ version without dongle.

FunctionFree

Max. number of opened files

2

4

unlimited

Encryption of data / access rights

Max. number of measuring data windows 1

2

unlimited

The on-board recorded measuring data will be encryptedin the data logger via a so-called project key. Each project
key belongs to a specified project or customer.

Max. number of areas in measuring data
windows2

4

unlimited

Views histogram

+

+

+

Reading or viewing data with WinDarab „Light“ or„Expert“, is only possible with a dongle with suitable key
information on it.

Views x/y-plot

+

+

+

Views Distribution

-

+

+

Views min/max-tables

-

+

+

Dongle-free working with WinDarab-Free

Views Fourier-transformation

-

+

+

For basic data analyzing tasks we offer WinDarab-Free at
no charge. To ensure our customers data every WinDarabFree installation has to be linked to the customer projectkeys. Please contact your customer support engineer for acustomized WinDarab-Free Installation CD.

Views outing report

-

8/1*

unlimited

Views lap analysis

-

-

+

Views flowcharts

-

-

+

Views instrument panel

+

+

+

User defined physical units

+

+

+

Language support German/English

WinDarab-Free can be used till a WinDarab-Light or Expert is installed on the PC. Afterwards the installationof WinDarab-Free is no longer executable.

Bosch Engineering GmbHTechnical Specifications
Variations
Light

Expert+++Racetrack generation via speed/lateral G +or GPS++ASCII export

+

+

+

Matlab import (separated tool)

+

+

+

Extras functions/conditions

-

-

+

Extras differences

-

+

+

Extras settings/comments

-

-

+

Measuring data window – area channelname – view options

-

-

+

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Software | Analysis | 359

Function

Free

Light

ExpertDesktop load/save

+

+

+

Telemetry-++*8 columns / 1 window
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 1 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Windows XP 32 Bit, Vista 32 Bit

Ordering Information
WinDarab-Freeon request

WinDarab-LightF 01E B01 402-01

WinDarab-Expert

F 01E B01 418-01

Upgradeon request

9

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

10

Accessories

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Communication Interface

362

Expansion Modules

363

Handheld Test Device

374

Relay

375

Switches376

Wiring Harnesses

377

Wiper Motors

378

Bosch Engineering GmbH362 | Accessories | Communication Interface

MSA-Box II

Connectors and Wires
Connector
AS 6-12-35PN

F 02U 000 441-01

Mating connector
AS 0-12-35SN

F 02U 000 258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-LineFeatures

Pin 8

RxD+

▶ Communication interface for PC-supported
calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface.

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or CAN
interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface.
This ensures a powerful and universal link to all common
PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected via Ethernet, KLine or CAN-interface of the diagnosis interface.

10

Ordering Information
MSA-Box II

F 02U V00 327-01

Application
Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board mains with
galvanic separation
All inputs and outputs to the PC galvanically separated

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Power consumption (powered byUSB)

Tpy. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed (480 Mbit/sec)

Ethernet

100 Mbit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Operating Systems
Windows XP 32 Bit
Windows Vista 32 Bit

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 363

AWS LSU 4_9

Electrical Data
Power Supply

5 to 20 V

Rent consumption

120 mA at 12 V + heater current(max. 2 A per probe)

Channels

2 A/F

Resolution

0.01

Sampling rate

100 Hz per channel

Diagnosis
LambdaValue = 0.0069

Failed sensor (short cut or not connected)

LambdaValue = 0.0686

Sensor did not reach 600°C (up to
30 sec)LambdaValue = 0.1373

Heating period

CAN-IDFor each sensor the following CAN-IDs will receive the A/F value as 16-bitunsigned Integer and the heating value and the temperature values as 8bit unsigned byte (Motorola-type).

Features▶ Lambda interface

CAN-ID

0x290

Byte 0

A/F1

Byte 1▶ 80 gByte 2

AF/2

Byte 3The AWS LSU 4.9 is used in combination with the lambda
sensor (Mini-)LSU 4.9. The box is able to supply two(Mini-)LSU 4.9 lambda sensors. It includes two heaters
and converts each specific sensor signal into two separate
lambda signals. Furthermore, the temperature of thesensor, the duty cycle of the heater and diagnosis of theprobe is available. The signal output is via CAN-message.
Please note: Lambda sensors are not part of the AWS LSU
4.9.

Byte 4

Temp1

Byte 5

Temp2

Byte 6Heat1

Byte 7

Heat2

A/FValue = 0.001*A/Fx
LambdaValue= A/FValue/14.57= A/FDigits/14570= A/FDigits*0.00006863418

Heat Temp= TempxDigits*2 + 496.9°C

Pin Assignement life connector

Application

Pin

Name

Function

1

GND

Ground2

GND LSU1 / 2

Ground LSU heater

3

Vext

External power supply 5 to 20 V

Technical Specifications

4

LSU heater

Mechanical Data

External power supply for LSU1 / 2
heater9

CAN H

CAN bus high

80 g

10

CAN L

CAN bus low

Size

38 x 43 x 16 mm

11

TxD

TxD serial interface

Wire length

150 mm12

RxD

RxD serial interface

Operating temperature

10 to 60°C

Pin Assignement LSU 1 / 2 in connector

Measuring range

WeightLambda 0.6 to 2.5

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Pin

Name

Function1

LSU1 IP

Inv. Input of pump current amp2

LSU1 VM

Virtual ground3

GND heater 1

Ground for heater 1

4

Vext heater 1

External power supply 5 to 20 V
LSU1Bosch Engineering GmbH10

364 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

5

LSU1 IANon Inv. Input of pump current amp

6

LSU1 UN

Inv. Input of pump current control

7

LSU2 IPNon Inv. Input of pump current amp

8

LSU2 VM

Virtual ground9

GND heater 2

Ground for heater 2

10

Vext heater 2External power supply 5 to 20 V
LSU2

11

LSU2 IANon Inv. Input of pump current amp

12

LSU2 UN

Inv. Input of pump current control

Accessories
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Ordering InformationAWS LSU 4_9

F 01E B01 622

10Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 365

CAN Module EM-A6

CAN Protocol
Byte order

Big endian (high byte / low byte, Motorola)

CAN Frame 1
Byte

Value

0

Row counter = 0

1

AD channel 1

2
3

AD channel 2

4

Features5▶ 6 analog channels

6▶ 153 g7

AD channel 3
unusedCAN Frame 2

The extended module EM-A6 measures up to 6 analog
channels, converts the values to a 10 bit format andcombines them to a CAN-Message. The module has a CANInterface (CAN2.0 B) which is used for transmitting theinformation from and to the module.
Weight and space required for the wiring harness can be
reduced by daisy-chaining multiple extended modules
because power and communication lines are routed
through the device.

Byte

Value

0

Row counter = 1

1

AD channel 4

2
3

AD channel 54
5

AD channel 6

6
7

unusedU (V) = raw value*5 V / 1024
Connector ASL206-05SN-HE (red), ANAx

Application
Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Functions
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon
CAN-ID programmable via RaceCon

Pin

Function

1

UB_SG

2

AGND

3

ANA_Inx4

Vref505

N/C

Connector ASL206-05SD-HE (green), XOUT
PinFunction

1

UBATT

2

GND

Technical Specifications

3

CAN-High

Mechanical Data

4

CAN-Low

5

GND

Pull-ups switchable via RaceCon

Size

155 x 38 x 32.1 mm

Weight153 gConnector ASL206-05PN-HE (red), X

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Pin

Function

1

UBATT

Electrical Data

2

GNDPower Supply

10 to 18 V

3

CAN-Low

Supply current (without load)

Max. 80 mA

4

CAN-High

ADS resolution

10 Bit (4.8 mV)

5

GND

Update rate

5 ms

CAN speed

1 MBaudwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH10

366 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

Loom Side Connectors
ASL606-05PN-HE red
ASL606-05PD-HE green
ASL606-05SN-HE red

Installation Notes
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

Ordering Information
CAN Module EM-A6

F 01T A20 007

10

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 367

CAN Module EM-C

Pin 4

CAN-Low

Pin 5

N/C

Installation Notes
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

Communication
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon
Programmable CAN-ID

Features▶ Module for programming ALWS
▶ 97 gOrdering Information
CAN Module EM-C

F 01T A20 025

The extended EM-C module for programming APS-C ispart of the measurement equipment. It displays thecurrent angle of the camshaft that is measured by the
Bosch camshaft angle sensor APS-C and transmitted via
CAN. The EM-C module receives this message anddisplays the angle (-180° … +180°) in its bright red dotmatrix display.

10

Moreover, the EM-C module features a reset-button
which, during engine assembly, enables the engine builder
to precisely set the APS-C sensor reference to “zero”
when the camshaft is at the desired “zero” position. The
module has a 500 kBaud CAN-Interface (CAN 2.0 B) which
is used for transmitting the information from and to themodule.
The module is delivered with a connection adapter
between housing and connector.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

94.2 x 30 x 24.2 mm

Weight97 g

Electrical Data
Power Supply

8 to 18 V

Supply current (100 % brightness, Max. 300 mA
dots on)Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL-006-05PN-HE

Mating connector

AS6-06-05SN-HE

Pin 1

UBATT

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

CAN-High

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH368 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

CAN Module EM-H4

6

Rear right7
Signal period (ms) = 3.2 μs*raw value / 1,000
Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE

Features▶ 4 Hall speeds▶ 72 g

The extended module EM-H4 acquires the signal periodsof up to 4 Hall-effect speed sensors and transmits them as
16-bit values to a CAN-Interface (CAN2.0 B) in a single
CAN-message.

Pin

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

N/C

4

CAN-hi5

CAN-lo6

Front left

7

Front right8

Rear left

9

Rear right

10

GND

11

SHIELD

12

N/C

13

N/C

Loom Side connector
AS-6-10-35SN-HE

The module is delivered with an adapter between housing
and connector.

Installation Notes

10

Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

Application
Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Communication
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon

Technical Specifications

Programmable CAN-ID

Mechanical Data
Size

85.4 x 32.3 x 17.1 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud

Update rate

10 ms

Ordering Information

Electrical Data
Power supply

8 to 18 V

Supply current (without load)

Max. 70 mA

Input

10 to 10,000 impulses/s

CAN Module EM-H4

F 01T A20 008 01

CAN Protocol
Byte order

Big endian (high byte / low byte, Motorola)

Byte

Value

0

Front left

1
2

Front right3
4

Rear left

5

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 369

CAN Module EM-I4

6

Rear right7
Signal period (ms) = 3.2 μs*raw value / 1,000
Connector AS-0-10-35PN-HE

Features▶ 4 inductive speed sensors▶ 72 g

The extended module EM-I4 acquires the signal periods of
up to 4 inductive speed sensors and transmits them as 16bit values with 3.2us quantization to a 1 MBaud CANInterface (CAN2.0 B) in a single CAN-message.

Pin

Function

1

UBATT

2

GND

3

N/C

4

CAN-hi5

CAN-lo6

Front left

7

Front right8

Rear left

9

Rear right

10

GND

11

SHIELD

12

N/C

13

N/C

Loom Side connector
AS-6-10-35SN-HE

The module is delivered with an adapter between housing
and connector.

Installation Notes
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

Application
Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Communication
CAN2.0 B, using interface MSA-Box II and RaceCon

Technical Specifications

Programmable CAN-ID

Mechanical Data
Size

85.4 x 32.3 x 17.1 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud

Update rate

10 ms

Ordering Information

Electrical Data
Power Supply

8 to 18 V

Supply current (without load)

Max. 70 mA

Input

10 to 10,000 impulses/s

CAN Module EM-I4

F 01T A20 009

CAN Protocol
Byte order

Big endian (high byte / low byte, Motorola)

Byte

Value

0

Front left

1
2

Front right3
4

Rear left

5

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH10

370 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

Extended Module EM-LIN

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

85 x 32 x 17.1 mm

Weight53 gMax. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connectors and Wires
Connector 1 (red)ASU 0-03-05PN-HE

Features

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05SN-HE▶ LIN Master

Pin 1

US

▶ 53 g

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

-

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

ConfigConnector 2 (green)

ASU 0-03-05SD-HE

Mating connector

ASU 6-03-05PD-HE

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

GND

Pin 3

LIN

The extended module EM-LIN is a LIN-Master designed toallow an on-line adjustment of the alternator regulator
parameters e.g. alternator voltage, load response time,
cut-off speed and current limitation.

10

The EM-LIN is designed with a microcontroller in
combination with a LIN and a CAN transceiver. The
electronics power supply is managed by a voltage
regulator. In addition, an analog input is accessible on one
connector. Its robust aluminum housing provides aneffective protection for the electronics.
Further functions (e.g. CAN function) and application
specific software development is available on request.

Please note: the EM-LIN must be powered by one connector only.

Installation Notes
Please ask for compatibility of this CAN Module with your ECU.

Application
Application

LIN Master

Compatible regulator type

Bosch LIN-regulator CR652

Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 85°C

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 371

Dimensions

10

Ordering Information
Extended Module EM-LIN

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 02U V00 609-02

Bosch Engineering GmbH372 | Accessories | Expansion Modules

Lambdatronic LT4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

VelcroSize w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 17 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

SoftwareConfiguration with Modas

included

Characteristic

Features

Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V

CAN- baudrate

1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

The Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping
current to supply up to 4 Bosch (Mini-)LSU 4.9. The
lambda value, the sensor temperature and diagnostics areavailable via CAN and analog signal.

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzThe LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The lambda in
the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda = 1.013
independent of the oxygen contents on the emission side,through a current through the pump cell. The current
proportional output voltage of the IC is a measure of thelambda value.

Connector

AS 6-14-35PN

Connector loom

AS 1-14-35SN

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm▶ Supply of 4 Bosch (Mini-)LSU 4.9

10

The main feature and benefit of this unit is the
combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and avery compact box size with motorsports specification.
Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured
freely.

Application

Connectors and Wires

Pin Assignement
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)Application

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

7

CAN1 – (low)Compatible sensor type

Bosch (Mini-)LSU 4.9

8

Analog out 1

Channels

49Analog out 2

Heaterinternal

10

Analog out 3

Operating Temp Range (housing)-20 to 85 °C

11Analog out 4

Storage temperature range-20 to 85 °C

12Reference GND for anal. out

Communication link

K-Line / CAN

13

ShieldMax. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or
www.bosch-motorsport.com)

14

Pump current LSU1 IP1

15Virtual GND LSU1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU1 IA1Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Expansion Modules | 373

19

Nernst voltage LSU1 UN1

36

Setup current LSU4 IA420

Pump current LSU2 IP237

Nernst voltage LSU4 UN421

Virtual GND LSU2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt +) LSU2 Uh+2

Installation Notes

24

Setup current LSU2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU2 UN2The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch (Mini)-LSU 4.9.

26

UN1pump current LSU3 IP327Virtual GND LSU3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU3 Uh+3

30

Setup current LSU3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt +) LSU4 Uh+4

The unit can be connected to any CAN system (1 Mbaud) and analog
measuring device.
To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1,5 m between sensor
and box is recommended.
The unit is secure from miss-pinning.
The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either to the measuring device or to the system ground.
A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not to be
exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (CAN protocole.g.).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing (www.bosch-motorsport.com).

Dimensions

10

Ordering Information
Lambdatronic LT4

www.bosch-motorsport.com

F 01T A20 070-04

Bosch Engineering GmbH374 | Accessories | Handheld Test Device

RS 2000

Features▶ rotational speed simulator

10With the RS 2000 you can simulate crankshaft-, camshaftand wheelspeed-signals quickly and comfortable.

Application
Infinitely variable simulation of Hall- and inductive signal
Adjustable on cylinder numbers from 4 to 12
Usable for increment- and segment-systems

Technical Specifications
Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Ordering Information
RS 2000

B 261 206 862-01

Wiring harness connector

B 261 206 451

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Relay | 375

Relay 25 A

Application
Operating temperature-45 to 125°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Drill hole

3.1 mmWeight61 g

Vibration

30 g/70 Hz to 3 kHz

Shock

100 g (11 ms)

Electrical Data
Power Supply

12 to 14.5 V

Min. switches

50,000Coil resistance at 25°C

80 ΩMax. current

25 A

Current vs. Time characteristic

Features(the relay shall be compatible with a 25 A circuit breaker)▶ 25 A max. current

I (A)

t(s)

30

3,600 (1 h)

50

5

100

1.2

250

0.2

350

0.1

The relay 25 A is a miniature DC-contactor for electrical
power control. The rated current is 25 A for secondary
power distribution with high inrush current like hydraulicand fuel motor loads. The base part allows a quick changeof the relay.

Dimensions

Ordering Information
Relay 25 A

Y 261 A20 597-01

Base

Y 261 A20 598-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH10

376 | Accessories | Switches

Switches

We offer a wide range of switches for the special
demands of motorsport.
You can combine all types with every design and every
connector wire equivalent to your individual requirement.

Application
For MAP function

10

For display toggle function
3 steps for MAP function
4 steps
4 steps for MAP function
6 steps for display switch-over
12 steps
DesignStraight
Angled 90°
ExtrasWith integrated resistor network
Lockable
Variable number of steps
Variable form of rotary waver
switchWithout end stop

Ordering Information
12 steps

B 261 209 643-01

for MAP function

B 261 209 644-01

4 steps display dimmer DDU

B 261 209 646-01

4 steps LED dimmer DDU

B 261 209 647-01

6 steps display dimmer and switch-overDDU

B 261 209 659-01

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Wiring Harnesses | 377

Wiring Harnesses

We offer special wiring harnesses for motorsportapplications. Our portfolio contents layout, design andproduction of harnesses, sensors and actuators formotorsport requirements.
Moreover we offer consultancy of loom design and sensor
definition. Design and production of prototypes up tomass production is also possible. We do 2D Layout
documentation in exchangeable *.dxf, *.dwg file format.

10

Naturally we use motorsport connectors (sev. MIL specs)
and switches and fuses from aviation and aerospacetechnology. Full shielded wires for maximum EMC
protection are available. All looms are built with cables
and wires in aviation & aerospace quality. All looms aretested on a high voltage test bench. Tests under defined
vibration profiles are also possible. We also offer several
connectors on request.

Ordering Information
Wiring Harnesses

www.bosch-motorsport.com

on request

Bosch Engineering GmbH378 | Accessories | Wiper Motors

Wiper Direct Actuator
WDA

WDA LIN
Pin 1

SYNC

Pin 2

LIN

Pin 3

GND

Pin 4

Us

LIN speed

19,200 Baud

LIN Version

2.0

LIN description fileon request

Operating modes

stop
interval
speed 1speed 2
single stroke
service position

Mechanical Data

Features▶ LIN or analogue version available

10

Max. Vibration

13,9m/s2 eff. DIN EN 60068-2-64

Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Maximal Wiping Speed

depends on torqueMaximal Wiping Angle

160°

Maximal Torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gElectrical Data

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing
movements instead of rotating 360° like a conventional
wiper.

Power supply

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

typ. 6.3 A

Characteristic

Its function and many operating modes are managed byintegrated control electronics. The user is able to control
the desired operating mode via LIN [Version LIN] orsimply by switching its analogue inputs to ground [Version
Analogue]. The gear, the motor and the electronics are all
installed in the same housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation
movement which replaces external gears and thepossibility of programming the operating speed and end
positions of all its function modes, upon request.
Connectors and Wires

Application
Application-40 to 85°C

Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Mating connector

F02U B00 542-01

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Technical Specifications
Variations
WDA Analogue
Pin 1

AN 2

Pin 2

AN 1

Operating modes

stop

interval

speed 1speed 2

Pin 3

Us

GND

GND

Us

Pin 4

Us

Us

GND

GND

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Accessories | Wiper Motors | 379

Installation Notes
The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Master function.
Further information about the LIN-Frame available upon request.
The WDA Analogue can be operated by switching the analogue inputs between ground and voltage supply.
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating modes.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed the specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our homepage.

Dimensions

10

Ordering Information
WDA LIN

F02U V00 838-01

WDA Analogue

F02U V00 938-01

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

11

Appendixwww.bosch-motorsport.com

General Information

382

Vibration Profiles

383

Bosch Engineering GmbH382 | Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport
Please be mindful of the specifications concerning ESD.
Never grab into the connectors. Please follow theregulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD
packaging materials).
Battery
Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries. Please use
extra caution to be certain that the correct removal
procedure is followed. Abide by the maintenance cycle
schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport
recommends maintenance once a year.
Installation
The correct installation extends reliability and durability.
Please follow the specifications regarding temperature,humidity, vibration and liquid compatability.

11

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 383

Vibration Profile 1
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Sinus: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,500

60

11

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH384 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2
Broadband noise: 8h/direction
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10

50

10

66.7

1

100

1

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

11

Bosch Engineering GmbHwww.bosch-motorsport.com

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 385

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.51

500

45.6

1,500

15.26

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Sinus
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Frequency (Hz)Amplitude of acceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

85

Amplitude of oscillationlane (μm)

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

440

125

11

www.bosch-motorsport.com

Bosch Engineering GmbH

386 | Index

A
ABS M4 Kit
Absolute Position Sensor APS-C
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-2
Acceleration Sensor AM 600-3
Alternator B3
Alternator GCM1
Antenna Cable Kit
AWS LSU 4_9

312
126
128
130
119
121
345
363

B
Burst Telemetry Car Module BT 60F
Burst Telemetry Pit Module BR 60F
Burst Telemetry System Overview

342
341
340

C
CAN Module EM-A6
CAN Module EM-C
CAN Module EM-H4
CAN Module EM-I4

365
367
368
369

D
Data Logger C 60
Data Logger C Sport
Data Logger CardMemory C 40
Data Logger CardMemory C 55
Data Logging Accessories
Data Logging System DLS
Diesel Overview
Display DDU 4
Display DDU 6
Display DDU 8
Display DDU Sport
Double Fire Coil 2x2
Double Fire Coil 3x2

331
324
326
329
327
328
30
318
319
320
316
78
75

E
Electronic Throttle Body ETB 46
Electronic Throttle Body ETB 82
Electronic Throttle Grip ETG
Engine Control Unit MS 12
Engine Control Unit MS 15 SportEngine Control Unit MS 15.1
Engine Control Unit MS 15.2
Engine Control Unit MS 3 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 SportEngine Control Unit MS 4 Sport Package
Engine Control Unit MS 4.4 SportEngine Control Unit MS 5.0
Engine Control Unit MS 5.1
Engine Control Unit MS 5.2
Engine Control Unit MS 5.5
Engine Control Units Performance LineEngine Control Units Sport Line
Extended Module EM-LIN

304
306
308
26
21
22
24
4
6
8
9
13
15
19
17
11
2
370

F
FM 40 Tester
FPR Adaptor
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 38

Bosch Engineering GmbH

343
73
65
69

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Fuel Pump FP 100
Fuel Pump FP 165
Fuel Pump FP 200
Fuel Pump FP 300
Fuel Pump FP 300L

71
67
53
55
57
59
61

G
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Gear Shift Sensor GSS-M
General Information

138
140
382

H
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-D 90
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-M
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor HA-P2
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P
Hall-Effect Speed Sensor Mini-HA-P sealed
HP Control Valve DSV
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-FD
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5
HPI 1.1
HPI 1.16
HPI 5

235
237
239
246
241
244
74
63
64
42
44
45
46

I
Ignition Module IM 3.1
Ignition Module IM 3.2
Ignition Module IM 4
Inductive Speed Sensor IA
Inductive Speed Sensor IA-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-C
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-M
Inductive Speed Sensor IS-T
Injection Valve EV 12
Injection Valve EV 14
Injection Valve EV 14i
Injection Valve EV 6

47
49
51
248
250
252
254
256
258
35
37
40
32

K
Knock Sensor KS-P
Knock Sensor KS-R

141
143

L
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9D
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.2
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9
Lambdatronic LT4
Lap Trigger HF 24 Receiver
Lap Trigger HF 24 Transmitter
Lap Trigger IR-02 Receiver
Lap Trigger IR-02 Transmitter
LapSimLean Angle Sensor LAS-1
Linear Potentiometer LP 10
Linear Potentiometer LP 100

www.bosch-motorsport.com

149
145
147
151
372
348
350
346
347
357
132
153
167

Index | 387

Linear Potentiometer LP 100F
Linear Potentiometer LP 150
Linear Potentiometer LP 25
Linear Potentiometer LP 25 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 50
Linear Potentiometer LP 50 twin
Linear Potentiometer LP 75
Linear Potentiometer LP 75F

169
171
155
157
159
161
163
165

M
Modas
Modas Sport
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 55
MSA-Box II

354
355
330
362

O
Online Telemetry System Overview

333

P
Pit Receiver Box 1
Pit Receiver Box 1/R
Pit Receiver Box 2
Pit Receiver Package 1
Pit Receiver Package 1/R
Pit Receiver Package 2
Pitot Static Tube PT
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-B
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-C
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-2
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Pressure Sensor Air PST
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-S
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-100R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Pressure Sensor Fluid PST-F
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-A
Pressure Sensor Differential DP-C

335
336
337
338
338
339
186
173
176
178
180
182
184
191
193
195
197
199
201
203
207
205
209
211
213
187
189

R
RaceCon
Relay 25 A
Ride Height Sensor RHS
Rotary Potentiometer Mini-RP 100-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP
Rotary Potentiometer RP 100 twin
Rotary Potentiometer RP 130-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 345-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 350-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 360-H
Rotary Potentiometer RP 50-M
Rotary Potentiometer RP 55
Rotary Potentiometer RP 86
RS 2000© 2011 | Data subject to change without notice
T7511234827 | 1 Feb 2011S
Single Fire Coil C90
Single Fire Coil M
Single Fire Coil P100-T
Single Fire Coil P35
Single Fire Coil P35-E
Single Fire Coil P35-TE
Single Fire Coil P50
Single Fire Coil PS
Single Fire Coil PS-T
Single Fire Coil S16
Single Fire Coil S16-T
Single Fire Coil S19
Single Fire Coil S22
Spark Plugs
Starter 1.4 kW
Starter 1.7 kW
Starter 2.0 kW
Switches

82
85
99
88
91
94
97
101
103
105
107
109
111
114
116
117
118
376

T
Telemetry Antenna Dummy Load
Telemetry Unit FM 40
Telemtry Car Antenna Dual Band
Telemtry Car Antenna Single Band
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M6
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-H
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Temperature Sensor NTC M8
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Temperature Sensor PT 200E
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-100
Temperature Sensors Infrared TI-16
Thermocouple Probe TCP-K
Thermocouple Probe TCP-KA
Thermocouple Probe TCP-NF
Twin Single Fire Coil 2x1

343
334
344
344
272
274
276
260
262
264
266
268
270
278
282
280
284
286
288
80

V
Vibration Profile 1
Vibration Profile 2
Vibration Profile 3

383
384
385

W
356
375
134
229
225
227
217
231
219
233
215
221
223
374

WinDarab
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA
Wire Potentiometer WP 100
Wire Potentiometer WP 120
Wire Potentiometer WP 125
Wire Potentiometer WP 35
Wire Potentiometer WP 50
Wire Potentiometer WP 75
Wiring Harnesses

358
378
296
298
300
290
292
294
377

Y
Yaw Rate Sensor YRS 3

136

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more information please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2011
Modifications reserved.
Warning: It is strictly forbidden to use Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads. They are only developed for use in racing on private closed courses!